summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2023-02-12 03:01:46 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2023-02-12 03:01:46 +0000
commitf76939750d63d6088b9bdeac794ce3fdf33d1269 (patch)
tree0cd0d327b53fe3a657722ae4188983b8b100468d /macros
parent73abb311c03e955ad9f7b7464390a5722b20b915 (diff)
CTAN sync 202302120301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.pdfbin119611 -> 125913 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.sty38
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.tex59
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdfbin807448 -> 812183 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex81
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty94
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex2
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/README.md29
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.pdfbin0 -> 211638 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.tex210
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres.sty53
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/README10
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-en.pdfbin717362 -> 717552 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ja.pdfbin1149290 -> 1149508 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.pdfbin390299 -> 391556 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.tex51
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-preset.sty3
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-ruby.sty62
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-direction.lua38
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-ruby.lua15
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja-core.sty40
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/patches/lltjp-siunitx.sty22
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.pdfbin345798 -> 345750 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.sty6
-rw-r--r--macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg_complex.lua (renamed from macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/luacomplex.lua)2
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/README.md6
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.dtx544
-rw-r--r--macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.pdfbin352430 -> 352828 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/README.md6
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.pdfbin75510 -> 75245 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.tex7
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplemonograph.pdfbin56204 -> 56281 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplepaper.pdfbin19542 -> 19566 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplevolume.pdfbin59413 -> 59470 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-affiliations.sty177
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-basic.sty12
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-gb4e.sty10
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-lgr.sty2
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-optional.sty5
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-series.def118
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-tbls.sty62
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.bbx2
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.cbx2
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.dbx6
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langscibook.cls122
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.dtx414
-rw-r--r--macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.pdfbin331822 -> 329958 bytes
50 files changed, 1595 insertions, 721 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.pdf
index 088eb890e8..21c152b571 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.sty
index d9bfaec0e7..62438d7dac 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.sty
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
\RequirePackage{expl3}
-\ProvidesExplPackage{codehigh}{2022-04-29}{2022E}
+\ProvidesExplPackage{codehigh}{2023-02-11}{2023A}
{Highlight codes and demos with l3regex and lpeg}
%\RequirePackage{xparse}
-\RequirePackage{l3benchmark}
+%\RequirePackage{l3benchmark}
\RequirePackage{catchfile}
\RequirePackage{xcolor}
\RequirePackage{ninecolors}
@@ -600,6 +600,40 @@
}
%%% -------------------------------------------------------
+%%> \section{Fake Verbatim Command}
+%%% -------------------------------------------------------
+
+\tl_new:N \l__codehigh_fake_code_tl
+
+\NewDocumentCommand \fakeverb { +m }
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__codehigh_fake_code_tl {#1}
+ \__codehigh_fake_verb:N \l__codehigh_fake_code_tl
+ \group_end:
+ }
+
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \__codehigh_fake_verb:N #1
+ {
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { \c{\\} } { \\ } #1
+ % use \cO to avoid errors of unmatched braces
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { \c{\{} } { \cO\{ } #1
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { \c{\}} } { \cO\} } #1
+ % use \cO to avoid doubled hash characters
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { \c{\#} } { \cO\# } #1
+ % need to escape ^ because ^^ and ^^^^ are special
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { \c{\^} } { \^ } #1
+ % why we can not use \c{\ } instead of \c{\h}?
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { \c{\h} } { \ } #1
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { \c{\%} } { \% } #1
+ % remove spaces after control words
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN { . } { \c{string}\0 } #1
+ \tl_set:Ne #1 { #1 }
+ %\tl_log:N #1
+ \ttfamily \frenchspacing \tl_to_str:N #1
+ }
+
+%%% -------------------------------------------------------
%%> \section{Tracing CodeHigh}
%%% -------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.tex
index c3bddd4632..5f1e0295e7 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/codehigh/codehigh.tex
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
\documentclass[oneside]{book}
\usepackage[a4paper,margin=2cm]{geometry}
-\newcommand*{\myversion}{2022E}
+\newcommand*{\myversion}{2023A}
\newcommand*{\mydate}{Version \myversion\ (\the\year-\mylpad\month-\mylpad\day)}
\newcommand*{\mylpad}[1]{\ifnum#1<10 0\the#1\else\the#1\fi}
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
urlcolor=blue3,
linkcolor=green3,
}
+\usepackage{tabularx,booktabs}
\begin{document}
@@ -177,6 +178,62 @@ Note that \verb!codehigh! package will load \verb!ninecolors!%
To modify or add languages and themes, please read the source files
\verb!codehigh.sty! and \verb!codehigh.lua! for reference.
+\section{Fake Verbatim Command}
+
+\CodeHigh{language=latex/table,style/main=gray9,style/code=gray9,style/demo=white}
+
+To ease the pain of writing verbatim commands
+(such as in \verb|tabularx| and \verb|tabularray| tables),
+This package provides \verb|\fakeverb| command.
+
+This command will remove the backslashes in the following control symbols
+before typesetting its content:
+
+\renewcommand\arraystretch{1.3}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabularx}{0.9\linewidth}{llX}
+\toprule
+Input & Result & Remark \\
+\midrule
+\fakeverb{\\\\} & \fakeverb{\\} &
+ Need to be escaped only when typesetting other control symbols in this table \\
+\fakeverb{\\\{} & \fakeverb{\{} &
+ Need to be escaped only when left and right curly braces are unmatched \\
+\fakeverb{\\\}} & \fakeverb{\}} &
+ Need to be escaped only when left and right curly braces are unmatched \\
+\fakeverb{\\\#} & \fakeverb{\#} &
+ Always need to be escaped \\
+\fakeverb{\\\^} & \fakeverb{\^} &
+ Need to be escaped only when there are more than one in a row \\
+\texttt{\textbackslash\textvisiblespace} & \texttt{\textvisiblespace} &
+ Need to be escaped only when more than one in a row or after control words \\
+\fakeverb{\\\%} & \fakeverb{\%} &
+ Always need to be escaped \\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabularx}
+\end{center}
+
+The argument of \verb|\fakeverb| command need to be enclosed with curly braces.
+Therefore it could be safely used inside \verb|tabularray| tables and other LaTeX commands.
+
+Here is an example of using \verb!\fakeverb! commands inside \verb|tabularx| environment:
+
+\begin{demohigh}[language=latex/table]
+\begin{tabularx}{0.5\textwidth}{lX}
+\hline
+ Alpha & \fakeverb{\abc{}$&^_^uvw 123} \\
+\hline
+ Beta & \fakeverb{\bfseries\ \#\%} \\
+\hline
+\end{tabularx}
+\end{demohigh}
+
+Here is another example of using \verb!\fakeverb! commands inside \verb|\fbox| command:
+
+\begin{demohigh}[language=latex/latex2]
+Hello\fbox{\fakeverb{$\left\\\{A\right.$\#}}Verb!
+\end{demohigh}
+
\chapter{The Source Code}
\dochighinput[language=latex/latex3]{codehigh.sty}
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf
index 5bc213607f..b2293c1e65 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex
index 3d4e3e9240..d89b4727fd 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/doc/ProfLycee-doc.tex
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
% arara: lualatex: {shell: yes, synctex: no, interaction: batchmode} if found('log', '(undefined references|Please rerun|Rerun to get)')
\documentclass[a4paper,french,11pt]{article}
-\def\PLversion{2.5.0}
-\def\PLdate{8 Février 2023}
+\def\PLversion{2.5.2}
+\def\PLdate{11 Février 2023}
\usepackage{ProfLycee}
\useproflyclib{piton,minted,pythontex}
\usepackage{lualatex-math}
@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ L'utilisateur est libre de charger ses autres {packages} utiles et habituels, ai
Le {package} \ctex{ProfLycee} charge les {packages} :
\begin{itemize}
- \item \ctex{xcolor} avec les options \textsf{[table,svgnames]} ;
- \item \ctex{tikz}, \ctex{pgf}, \ctex{pgffor} ;
+ \item \ctex{xcolor} avec l' option \textsf{[table,svgnames]} ;
+ \item \ctex{tikz}, \ctex{pgf}, \ctex{pgffor}, \ctex{nicefrac} ;
\item \ctex{tcolorbox} avec l'option \textsf{[most]} ;
\item \ctex{xparse}, \ctex{xstring}, \ctex{simplekv}, \ctex{xinttools} ;
\item \ctex{listofitems}, \ctex{xintexpr} , \ctex{xintbinhex}, \ctex{xintgcd} ;
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ Elles sont présentées de manière \textit{succincte}, mais elles sont présent
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
%conversion en fraction, simplification de racine
-\ConversionFraction[option]{argument}
+\ConversionFraction(*)[option]{argument}
\SimplificationRacine{expression}
%ensemble d'éléments
@@ -5395,46 +5395,74 @@ L'idée est d'obtenir une commande pour \textit{simplifier} un calcul sous forme
\end{codeidee}
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
-\ConversionFraction[option]{argument}
+\ConversionFraction(*)[option de formatage]{calcul}
\end{codetex}
\subsection{Commande et options}
\begin{codecles}
-Peu d'options pour ces commandes :
+Quelques explications sur cette commande :
\begin{itemize}
-\item le premier argument, \textit{optionnel}, permet de spécifier le mode de sortie de la fraction \textsf{[t]} pour \textsf{tfrac} et \textsf{[d]} pour \textsf{dfrac} ;
-\item le second, \textit{obligatoire}, est le \textsf{calcul} ou la \textsf{division} à convertir.
+ \item \cmaj{2.5.1} la version \textit{étoilée} force l'écriture du signe \og $-$ \fg{} sur le numérateur ;
+ \item le premier argument, \textit{optionnel} et entre \textsf{[...]} permet de spécifier un formatage du résultat :
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \Cle{t} pour l'affichage de la fraction en mode \textsf{tfrac} ;
+ \item \Cle{d} pour l'affichage de la fraction en mode \textsf{dfrac} ;
+ \item \Cle{n} pour l'affichage de la fraction en mode \textsf{nicefrac} ;
+ \item \Cle{dec} pour l'affichage du résultat en mode \texttt{décimal} (sans arrondi !) ;
+ \item \Cle{dec=k} pour l'affichage du résultat en mode \texttt{décimal} arrondi à $10^{-k}$ ;
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item le second argument, \textit{obligatoire}, est quant à lui, le calcul en syntaxe \textsf{xint}.
\end{itemize}
À noter que la macro est dans un bloc \ctex{ensuremath} donc les \ctex{\$...\$} ne sont pas nécessaires.
\end{codecles}
\begin{codetex}[listing only]
+\ConversionFraction{-10+1/3*(-5/16)} %sortie par défaut
+\ConversionFraction*{-10+1/3*(-5/16)} %sortie fraction avec - sur numérateur
+\ConversionFraction[d]{-10+1/3*(-5/16)} %sortie en displaystyle
+\ConversionFraction[n]{-10+1/3*(-5/16)} %sortie en nicefrac
+\ConversionFraction[dec=4]{-10+1/3*(-5/16)} %sortie en décimal arrondi à 0,0001
+\ConversionFraction{2+91/7} %entier formaté
\ConversionFraction{111/2145}
\ConversionFraction{111/3}
-$\frac{111}{2145}=\ConversionFraction{111/2145}$
-$\frac{3}{15}=\ConversionFraction[]{3/15}$
-$\tfrac{3}{15}=\ConversionFraction[t]{3/15}$ %formatage en \tfrac
-$\dfrac{3}{15}=\ConversionFraction[d]{3/15}$ %formatage en \dfrac
-$\dfrac{0,42}{0,015}=\ConversionFraction[d]{0.42/0.015}$
-$\dfrac{0,41}{0,015}=\ConversionFraction[d]{0.41/0.015}$
-$\dfrac{1}{7}+\dfrac{3}{8}=\ConversionFraction[d]{1/7+3/8}$
-$\ConversionFraction[d]{1+1/2}$
-$\ConversionFraction{0.1/0.7+30/80}$
\end{codetex}
\begin{codesortie}
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\ConversionFraction{111/2145}
+\ConversionFraction{-10+1/3*(-5/16)}
\smallskip
-\ConversionFraction{111/3}
+\ConversionFraction*{-10+1/3*(-5/16)}
\smallskip
+\ConversionFraction[d]{-10+1/3*(-5/16)}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\ConversionFraction[n]{-10+1/3*(-5/16)}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\ConversionFraction[dec=4]{-10+1/3*(-5/16)}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\ConversionFraction{2+91/7}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\ConversionFraction{111/2145}
+
+\smallskip
+
+\ConversionFraction{111/3}
+\end{codesortie}
+
+\begin{codetex}[]
$\frac{111}{2145}=\ConversionFraction{111/2145}$
\smallskip
@@ -5459,7 +5487,7 @@ $\dfrac{0,41}{0,015}=\ConversionFraction[d]{0.41/0.015}$
\smallskip
-$\dfrac{1}{7}+\dfrac{3}{8}=\ConversionFraction[d]{1/7+3/8}$
+$\dfrac{1}{7}-\dfrac{3}{8}=\ConversionFraction[d]{1/7-3/8}$
\smallskip
@@ -5468,10 +5496,7 @@ $\ConversionFraction[d]{1+1/2}$
\smallskip
$\ConversionFraction{0.1/0.7+30/80}$
-\end{multicols}
-
-~
-\end{codesortie}
+\end{codetex}
\begin{codeinfo}
A priori le package \ctex{xint} permet de s'en sortir pour des calculs \og simples \fg, je ne garantis pas que tout calcul ou toute division donne un résultat \textit{satisfaisant} !
@@ -6222,6 +6247,10 @@ La grille, créée en \TikZ, est portée par le rectangle de \og coins \fg{} $(0
\part{Historique}
+{\small \bverb|v 2.5.2|~:~~~~Correction d'un dysfonctionnement avec \textsf{tcolorbox 6.0}
+
+{\small \bverb|v 2.5.1|~:~~~~Ajout d'une version étoilée pour la conversion en fraction (page \pageref{convfrac})
+
{\small \bverb|v 2.5.0|~:~~~~Système de \textsf{librairies} pour certains packages/commandes (page \pageref{librairies})
{\small \bverb|v 2.2.0|~:~~~~Ajout d'une clé \Cle{Notation} pour les arrangements et combinaisons (page \pageref{combinatoire})
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty
index c65512f9e3..c6656d3c20 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/ProfLycee.sty
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@
% or later, see http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txtf
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{ProfLycee}[2023/02/08 2.5.0 Aide pour l'utilisation de LaTeX en lycee]
+\ProvidesPackage{ProfLycee}[2023/02/11 2.5.2 Aide pour l'utilisation de LaTeX en lycee]
+% 2.5.2 Correction d'un dysfonctionnement avec tcolorbox 6.0 :-(
+% 2.5.1 Modification de la commande de conversion en fraction
% 2.5.0 Passage à des libraires via \useproflyclib
% 2.2.0 Ajout de clés [Notation] pour les arrangements et combinaisons
% 2.1.9 Correction d'un bug avec les MiniSchémas + version étoilée
@@ -50,6 +52,7 @@
\RequirePackage{tabularray}
\RequirePackage{hologo}
\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
+\RequirePackage{nicefrac}
\RequirePackage{siunitx} %test avec v3
\sisetup{%
locale=FR,output-decimal-marker={,},%
@@ -57,7 +60,7 @@
reset-math-version=false,reset-text-family=false,%
reset-text-series=false,reset-text-shape=false,%
text-family-to-math=true,text-series-to-math=true,%
- group-minimum-digits=4
+ group-minimum-digits=4%
}%
\RequirePackage{fontawesome5}
%librairies tikz
@@ -421,12 +424,12 @@
}
}
-\DeclareTCBListing{CodePythonLst}{ s O{\linewidth} m }{% * off pour numéros de lignes + {largeur} + <options tcbox>
+\NewTCBListing{CodePythonLst}{ s O{\linewidth} m }{% * off pour numéros de lignes + {largeur} + <options tcbox>
\IfBooleanTF{#1}{stylepythonlstnolineos}{stylepythonlstlineos},
width=#2,#3
}
-\NewTCBInputListing{\CodePythonLstFichier}{ s O{\linewidth} m m }{
+\NewTCBInputListing[]{\CodePythonLstFichier}{ s O{\linewidth} m m }{
\IfBooleanTF{#1}{stylepythonlstnolineos}{stylepythonlstlineos},
width=#2,#3,
listing file={#4}
@@ -807,16 +810,87 @@
{\left\lbrace \PLensopt{} \StrSubstitute{#2}{/}{{\PLenssep}} \right\rbrace}
}
-%%------SimplFrac
-\DeclareDocumentCommand\ConversionFraction{ O{} m }{% argument optionnel [d ou t] puis argument mandataire {calcul ou fraction}
- \def\calculargument{\xintPRaw{\xintIrr{\xinteval{#2}}}}%on calcule et on transforme en A/B
+%%------SimplFrac ancienne version
+%\DeclareDocumentCommand\ConversionFraction{ O{} m }{% argument optionnel [d ou t] puis argument mandataire {calcul ou fraction}
+% \def\calculargument{\xintPRaw{\xintIrr{\xinteval{#2}}}}%on calcule et on transforme en A/B
+% \IfSubStr{\calculargument}{/}%on teste si le symbole / apparaît
+% {%si oui := fraction
+% \StrBefore{\calculargument}{/}[\numerateur]%on extrait le numérateur
+% \StrBehind{\calculargument}{/}[\denominateur]%on extrait le dénominateur
+% \ifblank{#1}{\ensuremath{\frac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}{}%si l'argument optionnel est vide
+% \IfStrEq{#1}{d}{\ensuremath{\dfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}{}%si l'arg opt est d
+% \IfStrEq{#1}{t}{\ensuremath{\tfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}{}%si l'arg opt est t
+% }{%si non := entier
+% \num{\calculargument}%on affiche l'entier, avec le package siunitx
+% }%
+%}
+
+%%------SimplFrac nouvelle version
+\NewDocumentCommand\ConversionFraction{ s O{} m }{%
+ %*=moins sur le numérateur
+ %2=argument.optionnel[d/t/dec=...]
+ %3=argument mandataire {calcul ou fraction}
+ \def\calculargument{\xintPRaw{\xintIrr{\xinteval{#3}}}}%on calcule et on transforme en A/B
\IfSubStr{\calculargument}{/}%on teste si le symbole / apparaît
{%si oui := fraction
\StrBefore{\calculargument}{/}[\numerateur]%on extrait le numérateur
\StrBehind{\calculargument}{/}[\denominateur]%on extrait le dénominateur
- \ifblank{#1}{\ensuremath{\frac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}{}%si l'argument optionnel est vide
- \IfStrEq{#1}{d}{\ensuremath{\dfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}{}%si l'arg opt est d
- \IfStrEq{#1}{t}{\ensuremath{\tfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}{}%si l'arg opt est t
+ \ifblank{#2}%
+ {%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {\ensuremath{\frac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ {%
+ \ifthenelse{\numerateur < 0}%
+ {\ensuremath{-\frac{\num{\fpeval{abs(\numerateur)}}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ {\ensuremath{\frac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%si l'argument optionnel est vide
+ \IfStrEq{#2}{d}%
+ {%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {\ensuremath{\dfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ {%
+ \ifthenelse{\numerateur < 0}%
+ {\ensuremath{-\dfrac{\num{\fpeval{abs(\numerateur)}}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ {\ensuremath{\dfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%si l'argument optionnel est vide
+ \IfStrEq{#2}{t}%
+ {%
+ \IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {\ensuremath{\tfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ {%
+ \ifthenelse{\numerateur < 0}%
+ {\ensuremath{-\tfrac{\num{\fpeval{abs(\numerateur)}}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ {\ensuremath{\tfrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%si l'argument optionnel est vide
+ \IfStrEq{#2}{n}%
+ {%
+ %\IfBooleanTF{#1}%
+ {\ensuremath{\nicefrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ %{%
+ % \ifthenelse{\numerateur < 0}%
+ % {\ensuremath{-\nicefrac{\num{\fpeval{abs(\numerateur)}}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ % {\ensuremath{\nicefrac{\num{\numerateur}}{\num{\denominateur}}}}%
+ %}%
+ }%
+ {}%si l'argument optionnel est vide
+ \IfSubStr{#2}{dec}%on veut la forme décimale
+ {%
+ \IfSubStr{#2}{=}%si on rajoute une précision
+ {%
+ \StrBehind{#2}{=}[\precdecimal]%
+ \ensuremath{\num{\xintfloateval{round(#3,\precdecimal)}}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \ensuremath{\num{\xintfloateval{#3}}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%si l'argument optionnel est vide
}{%si non := entier
\num{\calculargument}%on affiche l'entier, avec le package siunitx
}%
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex
index 028199ee6d..5ba77401bf 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-minted.tex
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@
before upper=\renewcommand{\theFancyVerbLine}{\scriptsize\ttfamily\color{Green}\arabic{FancyVerbLine}}
}
-\endinput
+\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex
index 5e97e82cc1..2bb7dadcc8 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-piton.tex
@@ -64,4 +64,4 @@
}
\fi
-\endinput
+\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex
index a27acf3248..1a4b2c0f94 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/proflycee/tex/proflycee-tools-pythontex.tex
@@ -126,4 +126,4 @@
\verbcenterpost
}
-\endinput
+\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9a29c957c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#### Package Name
+
+`tidyres` (Please read the documentation on CTAN for detailed usage.)
+
+
+
+#### Author
+
+Yifan Liang (Github User Name: futurelyf)
+You may contact me via Github.
+
+
+
+#### Basic Functions
+
+This `tidyres` package aims to provide users with a simple interface to create multi-column formal resume.
+
+The `\restitle` command helps users produce the title of the resume.
+
+The `ressection` environment helps users create multi-column sections (e.g., Education, Experience, etc.)
+
+The `\ressep` command helps users to add small vertical space between sub-items in a section.
+
+
+
+#### License
+
+This work is licensed under Creative Commons ”Attribution 4.0 International” license.
+For detailed information about the license, please visit the Creative Commons’ website. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9fa4ac0ed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0fad9a2a69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres-doc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,10pt]{article}
+% packages %
+\usepackage[margin=1in]{geometry}
+\usepackage{amsmath,amssymb}
+\usepackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}
+\usepackage{hologo}
+\usepackage[hidelinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[type={CC},modifier={by},version={4.0}]{doclicense}
+\usepackage{tidyres}
+\usepackage{cprotect}
+\usepackage{listings}
+\usepackage[most]{tcolorbox}
+\usepackage{changepage}
+\hypersetup{colorlinks=True,allcolors=cyan}
+\renewcommand{\contentsname}{\centering Table of Contents}
+% info %
+\title{{\tt tidyres} for Tidy Formal Resume}
+\author{\itshape Yifan Liang}
+\date{v1.0.0 2023-02-10}
+
+\definecolor{codegreen}{rgb}{0,0.6,0}
+\definecolor{codegray}{rgb}{0.5,0.5,0.5}
+\definecolor{backcolour}{rgb}{0.95,0.95,0.92}
+\lstdefinestyle{mystyle}{
+ language=[LaTeX]{TeX},
+ backgroundcolor=\color{backcolour},
+ commentstyle=\color{codegreen},
+ numberstyle=\small\color{codegray},
+ basicstyle=\ttfamily\normalsize,
+ breakatwhitespace=false,
+ breaklines=true,
+ keepspaces=true,
+ numbers=left,
+ numbersep=5pt,
+ showspaces=false,
+ showstringspaces=false,
+ showtabs=false,
+ tabsize=2,
+ texcsstyle=*\color{blue},
+}
+\lstset{style=mystyle}
+
+
+% document %
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+
+\newpage
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\pagestyle{plain}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+\subsection{Basic Functions}
+This {\tt tidyres} package aims to provide users with a simple interface to create multi-column style formal resume. The package is comprised of three major commands/environments:
+
+\begin{enumerate}[label=\textbullet,leftmargin=6ex,topsep=4ex]
+ \item \verb+\restitle+ command
+ \item \verb+ressection+ environment
+ \item \verb+\ressep+ command
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Users can also incorporate other packages such as \verb+enumitem+ to make bullet point in the resume.
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+
+\subsection{License}
+This work is licensed under \href{https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/}{Creative Commons "Attribution 4.0 International" license}.\\
+\\
+For detailed information about the license, please visit the Creative Commons' website by clicking the \textcolor{Cyan}{cyan text above} or the license image below.
+\\
+\begin{flushright}
+ \doclicenseImage
+\end{flushright}
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{General Setup Tips}
+\subsection{Page Margin}
+For a typical resume, depending on the font style and font size you use, it is suggested that you set the page margin between {\bf 0.5 inch} to {\bf 1 inch}.\\
+~\\
+You can set the margin with the {\tt geometry} package using the following code:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\usepackage[margin=0.5in]{geometry}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+
+\subsection{Font Size}
+Typically, a resume would use {\bf 9pt} to {\bf 11pt} font.\\
+~\\
+I would suggest using the {\tt extarticle} class to set the font size globally:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[9pt]{extarticle}
+% The extarticle class supports at least 8pt font size.
+\end{lstlisting}
+\newpage
+
+\section{Resume Title}
+
+\subsection{Goal}
+The \verb+\restitle+ command helps user to print the title of the resume, which contains key information such as name, location, email, phone, and Linkedin ID.\\
+
+\subsection{Example Code}
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\restitle{My Name}{Location}{Email}{Phone}{LinkedinID}{http://linkedin.com}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+
+{\it will produce (on the top of the page):}
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+
+\begin{tcolorbox}[standard jigsaw,opacityback=0.1,colback=gray,boxrule=0.5pt]
+\restitle{My Name}{Location}{Email}{Phone}{ID}{http://linkedin.com}
+\end{tcolorbox}
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+
+\subsection{Note}
+The hyperlink color of Linkedin can be set via {\tt hyperref} package. If you wish to set it in black, you may use the following code:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\usepackage[hidelinks]{hyperref}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Resume Section}
+
+\subsection{Goal}
+The \verb+ressection+ environment helps users set the sections (e.g., Education, Experience, Certifications, etc.) of the resume.\\
+~\\
+You may use {\tt enumerate} or the {\tt itemize} environment within the {\tt ressection} environment to create bullet points to specify the specific experience/event.\\
+~\\
+The \verb+\ressep+ command separates the experience/event within a section.
+
+\newpage
+
+\subsection{Example Code}
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{ressection}[Education]
+ {\bf ABC University}, {\sl College of Arts \& Science}, New York, NY
+ \hfill
+ Feb 2023 - Present
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Bachelor of Arts in Economics (Minor in Mathematics)
+ \item Cumulative GPA: 4.0/4.0
+ \item Honors \& Societies: ABC Economics Society
+ \item Related Coursework: ABC Economics 101, ABC Statistics 101
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ \ressep
+
+ {\bf XYZ High School}, New Jersey, NY
+ \hfill
+ Jan 2021 - Feb 2023
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item General High School Diploma
+ \item Cumulative GPA: 3.7/4.0
+ \item Honors \& Societies: XYZ Poem Society
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{ressection}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+
+{\it will produce:}
+
+\vspace{1cm}
+\begin{ressection}[Education]
+ {\bf ABC University}, {\sl College of Arts \& Science}, New York, NY
+ \hfill
+ Feb 2023 - Present
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Bachelor of Arts in Economics (Minor in Mathematics)
+ \item Cumulative GPA: 4.0/4.0
+ \item Honors \& Societies: ABC Economics Society
+ \item Related Coursework: ABC Economics 101, ABC Statistics 101
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ \ressep
+
+ {\bf XYZ High School}, New Jersey, NY
+ \hfill
+ Jan 2021 - Feb 2023
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item General High School Diploma
+ \item Cumulative GPA: 3.7/4.0
+ \item Honors \& Societies: XYZ Poem Society
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{ressection}
+
+\vspace{-6cm}
+
+\begin{adjustwidth}{-15pt}{-15pt}
+\begin{tcolorbox}[standard jigsaw,opacityback=0.1,colback=gray,boxrule=0.5pt]
+ \vspace{5cm}
+\end{tcolorbox}
+\end{adjustwidth}
+
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45860b3f4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/tidyres/tidyres.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{tidyres}[2023-02-10 v1.0.0]
+
+% packages %
+\RequirePackage{paracol}
+\RequirePackage{tabularray}
+\RequirePackage{enumitem}
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage[dvipsnames]{xcolor}
+\RequirePackage{hologo}
+\RequirePackage{setspace}
+\RequirePackage[hidelinks]{hyperref}
+\RequirePackage{fontawesome}
+
+% format %
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\columnsep}{2em}
+\columnratio{0.12,0.88}
+\setlist{label=\textbullet,leftmargin=*,nolistsep}
+\linespread{1.25}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+
+% font %
+% \newfontfamily\textcm{CMU Serif}
+
+% definition %
+\newcommand{\restitle}[6]
+{\begin{spacing}{1.15}
+\begin{tblr}{
+ column{1} = {l},
+ column{2} = {r},
+ column{3} = {l},
+ cell{1}{1} = {r=4}{},
+ colspec = {X[5]X[2.8]X[2.2]}
+}
+\hspace{6mm}{\fontsize{22}{22}\selectfont \sc #1}
+& \faLocationArrow
+& #2 \\
+& \faAt
+& {\sl #3} \\
+& \faPhone
+& #4 \\
+& \faLinkedinSquare
+& \href{#6}{Linkedin - {\sl #5}}\\
+\hline
+\end{tblr}\end{spacing}\vspace{7mm}}
+
+\newenvironment{ressection}[2][Section]
+{\begin{paracol}{2} {\sc #1} \switchcolumn {#2}}
+{\end{paracol}\vspace{5mm}}
+
+\newcommand{\ressep}[0]{\vspace{2mm}} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/README b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/README
index 37dc20ad33..3d22e5b989 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/README
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/README
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-The LuaTeX-ja Package 20221213.0
+The LuaTeX-ja Package 20230211.0
--------------------------------
-Copyright (c) 2011--2022 The LuaTeX-ja project
+Copyright (c) 2011--2023 The LuaTeX-ja project
License: modified BSD (see COPYING)
LuaTeX-ja is a macro package for typesetting Japanese documents with LuaTeX.
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ Installation
2. If you must/want to install manually:
a. Download the source archive from CTAN,
- or tagged as 20221213.0 in the Git repository by
+ or tagged as 20230211.0 in the Git repository by
<http://git.osdn.jp/view?p=luatex-ja/luatexja.git
- ;a=snapshot;h=refs/tags/20221213.0;sf=tgz>
+ ;a=snapshot;h=refs/tags/20230211.0;sf=tgz>
b. Extract the archive and process following three files by LuaLaTeX
to generate classes for Japanese typesetting:
@@ -93,4 +93,4 @@ Notes
This file and ltj-kinsoku.lua are not used anymore.
(Do not remove ltj-kinsoku.tex.)
-Last commit date: Tue Dec 13 21:57:47 2022 +0900
+Last commit date: Sat Feb 11 18:49:41 2023 +0900
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-en.pdf b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-en.pdf
index 75c901924f..eefcf7ec7e 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-en.pdf
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-en.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ja.pdf b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ja.pdf
index d1f1628069..f073b1b74c 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ja.pdf
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ja.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.pdf b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.pdf
index 870d9963ae..fd5a932b75 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.pdf
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.tex b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.tex
index e51f4558bb..c7e05e8c51 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.tex
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/doc/luatexja-ruby.tex
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
\setmonojfont{HaranoAjiGothic-Regular.otf}
\usepackage{unicode-math}
\setmathfont{Latin Modern Math}
+%\usepackage{lua-visual-debug}
\def\emph#1{\textbf{\textgt{#1}}}
\def\headfont{\normalfont\bfseries\gtfamily}
@@ -168,12 +169,12 @@ plain \LuaTeX でのロードはまだサポートしておらず,
\item[post=<real>] 同様に,\underline{後文字進入許容量}を指定する.既定値は負(自動指定).
\item[mode] 進入処理のモードを表すbit vector.下位2\,bitは,\texttt{pre}や
-\texttt{post}が負である場合にしか効力を発揮しない.既定値は$(0001)_2 = 1$.
+\texttt{post}が負である場合にしか効力を発揮しない.既定値は$(00001)_2 = 1$.
\begin{description}
\item[bit 0] 前後の\underline{文字への進入}を無効にするならば0,有効にするならば1.
\item[bit 1] 前進入許容量$B$と後進入許容量$A$が異なった場合,
そのまま処理する場合は0,小さい方に揃えるならば1.
- \item[bit 2--3] ルビ文字の突出量から実際の前・後進入量の計算方法を指定する.
+ \item[bit 2--4] ルビ文字の突出量から実際の前・後進入量の計算方法を指定する.
詳しい計算方法については\ref{ssec:calc_intrusion}\nobreak 小節を参照.
\end{description}
\item[intrude\_jfmgk=<bool>] 進入量算出の際に,前後のJFMグルーの自然長を考慮するか否か.既定値は真.
@@ -630,50 +631,68 @@ mode=9, stretch={1}{2}{1}, stretchruby={0}{0}{1}
ルビ文字の突出量を$x$,
親文字の文字数を$k+1$,親文字の前に入る空白量・間の空白量・後ろの空白量の比を$p:q:r$とする.
- このとき,\texttt{mode}のbit 2,~3の値によって$b$,~$a$を次のように算出する:
+ このとき,\texttt{mode}のbit 2--4の値によって$b$,~$a$を次のように算出する:
\begin{description}[labelindent=\zw]
- \item[00] $b=\min(B, xp/(p+kq+r))$, \ $a=\min(A, xr/(p+kq+r))$
- \item[01] $b=\min(B, x)$, \ $a=\min(A, \max(x-b,0))$
- \item[10] $a=\min(A, x)$, \ $b=\min(B, \max(x-a,0))$
- \item[11] $M=\min(B,A)$とおく.もし$x\le 2M$ならば$b=a=x/2$.そうでなければ
+ \item[000] $b=\min(B, xp/(p+kq+r))$, \ $a=\min(A, xr/(p+kq+r))$
+ \item[001] $b=\min(B, x)$, \ $a=\min(A, \max(x-b,0))$
+ \item[010] $a=\min(A, x)$, \ $b=\min(B, \max(x-a,0))$
+ \item[011] $M=\min(B,A)$とおく.もし$x\le 2M$ならば$b=a=x/2$.そうでなければ
\[
- b=\min\mleft(B, M + \frac{(x-2M)p}{p+kq+r}\mright),\qquad
+ b=\min\mleft(B, M + \frac{(x-2M)p}{p+kq+r}\mright),\quad
a=\min\mleft(A, M + \frac{(x-2M)r}{p+kq+r}\mright).
\]
+ \item[100] $M=\min(B,A)$とおく.もし$x\le 2M$ならば$b=a=x/2$.そうでなければ
+\[
+ b=\min(B, x-M),\quad a=\min(A,x-M)\quad \mbox{(どちらかは必ず$M$となる)}.
+\]
\end{description}
+大雑把に言うと,最初の「000」は「組んだ後に進入量を決定」する方針,
+それ以外は「進入量を先に決定し,その後で組む」方針である.
組み方の具体例を実際に示す.例示のため,平仮名にはルビが1字まで,「立」にはルビを
0.5字分までかけてよいことにしている.
\begin{description}[labelindent=\zw]
-\item[00]{\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=1}%
+\item[000]{\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=1}%
\ltjsetparameter{rubypreintrusion={`立,0.5}, rubypostintrusion={`立,0.5}}%
は\ltjruby{美}{うつく}しい
\quad は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}と\quad
は\ltjruby{暁}{あかつき}立\quad
は\ltjruby{峠}{とうげ}立\quad
-は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\par}
-\item[01]{\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=5}%
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\quad
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}達\par}
+\item[001]{\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=5}%
\ltjsetparameter{rubypreintrusion={`立,0.5}, rubypostintrusion={`立,0.5}}%
は\ltjruby{美}{うつく}しい
\quad は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}と\quad
は\ltjruby{暁}{あかつき}立\quad
は\ltjruby{峠}{とうげ}立\quad
-は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\par}
-\item[10]{%
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\quad
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}達\par}
+\item[010]{%
\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=9}%
\ltjsetparameter{rubypreintrusion={`立,0.5}, rubypostintrusion={`立,0.5}}%
は\ltjruby{美}{うつく}しい
\quad は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}と\quad
は\ltjruby{暁}{あかつき}立\quad
は\ltjruby{峠}{とうげ}立\quad
-は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\par}
-\item[11]{\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=13}%
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\quad
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}達\par}
+\item[011]{\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=13}%
+\ltjsetparameter{rubypreintrusion={`立,0.5}, rubypostintrusion={`立,0.5}}%
+は\ltjruby{美}{うつく}しい\quad
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}と\quad
+は\ltjruby{暁}{あかつき}立\quad
+は\ltjruby{峠}{とうげ}立\quad
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\quad
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}達\par}
+\item[100]{\setkeys[ltj]{ruby}{mode=17}%
\ltjsetparameter{rubypreintrusion={`立,0.5}, rubypostintrusion={`立,0.5}}%
は\ltjruby{美}{うつく}しい\quad
は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}と\quad
は\ltjruby{暁}{あかつき}立\quad
は\ltjruby{峠}{とうげ}立\quad
-は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\par}
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}立\quad
+は\ltjruby{聴衆}{ちようしゆう}達\par}
\end{description}
\end{enumerate}
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-preset.sty b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-preset.sty
index b1d5873ab6..ed2a9084e6 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-preset.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-preset.sty
@@ -519,7 +519,8 @@
\group_end:
}
- \msg_warning:nnx { luatexja-preset }{ scale }{ \Cjascale }
+ \fp_compare:nNnF \Cjascale = 1
+ { \msg_warning:nnx { luatexja-preset }{ scale }{ \Cjascale } }
% {1: encoding}{2: family}{3: series}{4: shape}{5: fontname}{6: feature}{7: scale}
\cs_new:Nn \__ltjpreset_declare_font_shape:nnnnnnn {
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-ruby.sty b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-ruby.sty
index 1e50b1f680..e24164d1b6 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-ruby.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/addons/luatexja-ruby.sty
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
% LaTeX only!
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{luatexja-ruby}[2022-07-03 v0.53]
+\ProvidesPackage{luatexja-ruby}[2023-01-21 v0.61]
\RequirePackage{luatexja}
%%------------------
@@ -32,14 +32,16 @@
%% attr_ruby_mode
%% bit 0: intrusion を有効にするか(1: 有効)
%% bit 1: 前後の intrusion 許容量を小さい方に揃える (1: yes)
-%% bit 2, 3: intrusion をどう使って親文字を配置するか
-%% 00: intrusion なしでとりあえず計算し,左右の突出分を進入に割り当てる
-%% 01: pre-intrusion でまかなえるだけまかない,無理なら post- も使う
-%% 10: post を優先
-%% 11: 2 min (pre,post) までは pre, post に均等配分しようとする
-%% >=01 で,intrusion で賄えきれなかった場合はいつものように伸長する.
-%% bit 4: 熟語ルビの際の処理方法(0: 常にグループ,1: 可能な限りブロックごとに)
-%% ↑bit 4 は今は無効
+%% bit 2--4: intrusion をどう使って親文字を配置するか
+%% 00: intrusion なしでとりあえず計算し,左右の突出分を進入に割り当てる
+%% 01: pre-intrusion でまかなえるだけまかない,無理なら post- も使う
+%% 10: post を優先
+%% 11: 2 min (pre,post) までは pre, post に均等配分しようとする
+%% 100: 2 min (pre,post) までは pre, post に均等配分.
+%% それでだめでも pre, post でまかなえるまでまかなう
+%% ※ 01--100 で,intrusion で賄えきれなかった場合はいつものように伸長する.
+%% bit 5: 熟語ルビの際の処理方法(0: 常にグループ,1: 可能な限りブロックごとに)
+%% ↑bit 5 は今は無効
\ltj@@rkeydef{mode}
%% intrusion 量強制固定(bit 0, bit 1 より優先,負数で「自動」)
%% attr は sp 単位だが,ユーザーはルビ全角単位で指定する
@@ -153,36 +155,36 @@
%%%%%%%% ZR さんの PXrubrica パッケージ中のコードから引用・改変
% \pxrr@decompbar: a|bc -> \ltj@@ruby@mark{a}\ltj@@ruby@mark{bc}
-\let\pxrr@res\empty
-\def\pxrr@ifx#1{%
+\let\ltj@@ruby@res\empty
+\def\ltj@@ruby@ifx#1{%
\ifx#1\expandafter\@firstoftwo
\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo
\fi
}
-\def\pxrr@nil{\noexpand\pxrr@nil}
-\def\pxrr@end{\noexpand\pxrr@end}
-\def\pxrr@appto#1#2{%
+\def\ltj@@ruby@nil{\noexpand\ltj@@ruby@nil}
+\def\ltj@@ruby@end{\noexpand\ltj@@ruby@end}
+\def\ltj@@ruby@appto#1#2{%
\expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
}
-\def\pxrr@decompbar#1{%
- \let\pxrr@res\@empty
- \pxrr@decompbar@loopa\pxrr@nil#1|\pxrr@end|%
+\def\ltj@@ruby@decompbar#1{%
+ \let\ltj@@ruby@res\@empty
+ \ltj@@ruby@decompbar@loopa\ltj@@ruby@nil#1|\ltj@@ruby@end|%
}
-\def\pxrr@decompbar@loopa#1|{%
- \expandafter\pxrr@decompbar@loopb\expandafter{\@gobble#1}%
+\def\ltj@@ruby@decompbar@loopa#1|{%
+ \expandafter\ltj@@ruby@decompbar@loopb\expandafter{\@gobble#1}%
}
-\def\pxrr@decompbar@loopb#1{%
- \pxrr@decompbar@loopc#1\relax\pxrr@nil{#1}%
+\def\ltj@@ruby@decompbar@loopb#1{%
+ \ltj@@ruby@decompbar@loopc#1\relax\ltj@@ruby@nil{#1}%
}
-\def\pxrr@decompbar@loopc#1#2\pxrr@nil#3{%
- \pxrr@ifx{#1\pxrr@end}{}{%
- \ifx\pxrr@res\@empty
- \def\pxrr@res{\ltj@@ruby@mark}%
+\def\ltj@@ruby@decompbar@loopc#1#2\ltj@@ruby@nil#3{%
+ \ltj@@ruby@ifx{#1\ltj@@ruby@end}{}{%
+ \ifx\ltj@@ruby@res\@empty
+ \def\ltj@@ruby@res{\ltj@@ruby@mark}%
\else
- \pxrr@appto\pxrr@res{\ltj@@ruby@mark}%
+ \ltj@@ruby@appto\ltj@@ruby@res{\ltj@@ruby@mark}%
\fi
- \pxrr@appto\pxrr@res{{#3}}%
- \pxrr@decompbar@loopa\pxrr@nil
+ \ltj@@ruby@appto\ltj@@ruby@res{{#3}}%
+ \ltj@@ruby@decompbar@loopa\ltj@@ruby@nil
}%
}
%%%%%%%% ここまで
@@ -200,8 +202,8 @@
luatexja.ruby.ruby_tmplist_p = \string{\string}}%
\leavevmode\dimen0=\f@size pt\dimen1=\ltj@@rubyip@size\dimen0%
% 引数展開,テーブルにセット
- \pxrr@decompbar{#2}{\let\ltj@@ruby@mark\ltj@@ruby@sp\pxrr@res}%
- \pxrr@decompbar{#3}{\let\ltj@@ruby@mark\ltj@@ruby@sr\pxrr@res}%
+ \ltj@@ruby@decompbar{#2}{\let\ltj@@ruby@mark\ltj@@ruby@sp\ltj@@ruby@res}%
+ \ltj@@ruby@decompbar{#3}{\let\ltj@@ruby@mark\ltj@@ruby@sr\ltj@@ruby@res}%
{\fontsize{\ltj@@rubyip@size\dimen0}\z@\selectfont\ltj@@rubyip@fontcmd
\global\dimen1=\zw\global\dimen2=\zh}%
\directlua{%
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-direction.lua b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-direction.lua
index 5321f232f4..0fbe0c664c 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-direction.lua
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-direction.lua
@@ -550,7 +550,41 @@ do
local ltj_tempcnta = luatexbase.registernumber 'ltj@tempcnta'
local getbox = tex.getbox
local dir_backup
- function luatexja.direction.unbox_check_dir(is_copy)
+ function luatexja.direction.unbox_check_dir()
+ start_time_measure 'box_primitive_hook'
+ local list_dir = get_dir_count()%dir_math_mod
+ local b = getbox(getcount(ltj_tempcnta))
+ if b and getlist(to_direct(b)) then
+ local box_dir = get_box_dir(to_direct(b), dir_yoko)
+ if box_dir%dir_math_mod ~= list_dir then
+ ltjb.package_error(
+ 'luatexja',
+ "Incompatible direction list can't be unboxed",
+ 'I refuse to unbox a box in differrent direction.')
+ tex.sprint(cat_lp, '\\@gobbletwo')
+ else
+ dir_backup = nil
+ local bd = to_direct(b)
+ local hd = getlist(bd)
+ local nh = hd
+ while hd do
+ if getid(hd)==id_whatsit and getsubtype(hd)==sid_user
+ and getfield(hd, 'user_id')==DIR then
+ local d = hd
+ nh, hd = node_remove(nh, hd); node_free(d)
+ else
+ hd = node_next(hd)
+ end
+ end
+ setlist(bd, nh)
+ end
+ end
+ if luatexja.global_temp and tex.globaldefs~=luatexja.global_temp then
+ tex.globaldefs = luatexja.global_temp
+ end
+ stop_time_measure 'box_primitive_hook'
+ end
+ function luatexja.direction.uncopy_check_dir()
start_time_measure 'box_primitive_hook'
local list_dir = get_dir_count()%dir_math_mod
local b = getbox(getcount(ltj_tempcnta))
@@ -572,7 +606,7 @@ do
and getfield(hd, 'user_id')==DIR then
local d = hd
nh, hd = node_remove(nh, hd)
- if is_copy==true and (not dir_backup) then
+ if not dir_backup then
dir_backup = d; setnext(dir_backup, nil)
else
node_free(d)
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-ruby.lua b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-ruby.lua
index 047b53ab58..29b6fe1998 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-ruby.lua
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/ltj-ruby.lua
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
--
luatexbase.provides_module({
name = 'luatexja.ruby',
- date = '2022-08-29',
+ date = '2022-12-31',
description = 'Ruby annotation',
})
luatexja.ruby = {}
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ local function enlarge_parent(r, p, tmp_tbl, no_begin, no_end)
local pre_intrusion, post_intrusion
local ppre, pmid, ppost = tmp_tbl.ppre, tmp_tbl.pmid, tmp_tbl.ppost
local mapre, mapost = tmp_tbl.mapre, tmp_tbl.mapost
- local intmode = (tmp_tbl.mode//4)%4
+ local intmode = (tmp_tbl.mode//4)%8
if no_begin then mapre = mapre + tmp_tbl.before_jfmgk end
if no_end then mapost = mapost + tmp_tbl.after_jfmgk end
if (tmp_tbl.mode%4 >=2) and (tmp_tbl.pre<0) and (tmp_tbl.post<0) then
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ local function enlarge_parent(r, p, tmp_tbl, no_begin, no_end)
post_intrusion = min(mapost, sumprot);
pre_intrusion = min(mapre, max(sumprot-post_intrusion, 0))
p = enlarge(p, rwidth, ppre, pmid, ppost, pre_intrusion, post_intrusion)
- else -- intmode == 3
+ elseif intmode==3 then
local n = min(mapre, mapost)*2
if n < sumprot then
pre_intrusion = n/2; post_intrusion = n/2
@@ -346,6 +346,15 @@ local function enlarge_parent(r, p, tmp_tbl, no_begin, no_end)
p = enlarge(p, rwidth, ppre, pmid, ppost, pre_intrusion, post_intrusion)
pre_intrusion = min(mapre, pre_intrusion + round(ppre*getfield(p, 'glue_set')*65536))
post_intrusion = min(mapost, post_intrusion + round(ppost*getfield(p, 'glue_set')*65536))
+ else -- intmode == 4
+ if 2*min(mapre, mapost) > sumprot then
+ pre_intrusion = sumprot//2; post_intrusion = sumprot/2
+ elseif mapre>=mapost then
+ pre_intrusion, post_intrusion = min(mapre, sumprot-mapost), mapost
+ else
+ pre_intrusion, post_intrusion = mapre, min(mapost, sumprot-mapre)
+ end
+ p = enlarge(p, rwidth, ppre, pmid, ppost, pre_intrusion, post_intrusion)
end
setshift(r, -pre_intrusion)
local rwidth = rwidth - pre_intrusion - post_intrusion
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja-core.sty b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja-core.sty
index c1f8c2c622..15d02be31b 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja-core.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja-core.sty
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
\expandafter\let\csname ifltj@in@latex\expandafter\endcsname
\csname iftrue\endcsname
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
- \ProvidesPackage{luatexja-core}[2022-08-24 Core of LuaTeX-ja]
+ \ProvidesPackage{luatexja-core}[2023-02-11 Core of LuaTeX-ja]
\fi %</LaTeX>
%% Load prerequisite packages.
@@ -228,8 +228,7 @@
\def\ltj@temp{#1}\afterassignment\ltj@@jfont\directlua{luatexja.jfont.jfontdefX(true, 'yoko')}}
\newluafunction\ltj@@jfont@inner
\directlua{
- local t = lua.get_functions_table()
- t[\the\ltj@@jfont@inner] = luatexja.jfont.jfontdefY
+ (lua.get_functions_table())[\the\ltj@@jfont@inner] = luatexja.jfont.jfontdefY
}
\def\ltj@@jfont{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\luafunction\expandafter\ltj@@jfont@inner\ltj@temp}
@@ -487,8 +486,7 @@
}
\newluafunction\ltj@@getparam@one@inner
\directlua{
- local t = lua.get_functions_table()
- t[\the\ltj@@getparam@one@inner] = luatexja.ext_get_parameter_unary
+ (lua.get_functions_table())[\the\ltj@@getparam@one@inner] = luatexja.ext_get_parameter_unary
}
\luadef\ltj@@getparam@one\ltj@@getparam@one@inner
\def\ltj@@getparam@two#1#2{%
@@ -600,8 +598,7 @@
\let\ltj@@orig@insert\insert
\newluafunction\ltj@@lua@populate@insertwhatsit@inner
\directlua{
- local t = lua.get_functions_table()
- t[\the\ltj@@lua@populate@insertwhatsit@inner]
+ (lua.get_functions_table())[\the\ltj@@lua@populate@insertwhatsit@inner]
= luatexja.direction.populate_insertion_dir_whatsit
}
\luadef\ltj@@lua@populate@insertwhatsit\ltj@@lua@populate@insertwhatsit@inner
@@ -673,8 +670,7 @@
%%%% \raise, \lower, \moveleft, \moveright
\newluafunction\ltj@@lua@raisebox@inner
\directlua{
- local t = lua.get_functions_table()
- t[\the\ltj@@lua@raisebox@inner]=luatexja.direction.raise_box
+ (lua.get_functions_table())[\the\ltj@@lua@raisebox@inner]=luatexja.direction.raise_box
}
\protected\luadef\ltj@@lua@raisebox\ltj@@lua@raisebox@inner
\let\ltj@@orig@raise\raise
@@ -701,8 +697,12 @@
\let\moveright\ltj@@moveright %% PRIMITIVE
%%%%\vsplit
+\newluafunction\ltj@@vsplit@inner
+\directlua{
+ (lua.get_functions_table())[\the\ltj@@vsplit@inner]=luatexja.direction.vsplit
+}
\let\ltj@@orig@vsplit\vsplit
-\protected\def\ltj@@vsplit{\directlua{luatexja.direction.vsplit()}}
+\protected\def\ltj@@vsplit{\luafunction\ltj@@vsplit@inner}
\let\vsplit\ltj@@vsplit %% PRIMITIVE
%%%% \vcenter
@@ -715,30 +715,34 @@
%%%% \unhbox and \unvbox
\newluafunction\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir@inner
+\newluafunction\ltj@@lua@uncopycheckdir@inner
+\newluafunction\ltj@@lua@uncopy@restore@whatsit@inner
\directlua{
local t = lua.get_functions_table()
t[\the\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir@inner]=luatexja.direction.unbox_check_dir
+ t[\the\ltj@@lua@uncopycheckdir@inner]=luatexja.direction.uncopy_check_dir
+ t[\the\ltj@@lua@uncopy@restore@whatsit@inner]=luatexja.direction.uncopy_restore_whatsit
}
\luadef\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir@inner
+\luadef\ltj@@lua@uncopycheckdir\ltj@@lua@uncopycheckdir@inner
+\luadef\ltj@@lua@uncopy@restore@whatsit\ltj@@lua@uncopy@restore@whatsit@inner
\long\def \@gobbletwo #1#2{}
\let\ltj@@orig@unhbox\unhbox
\let\ltj@@orig@unvbox\unvbox
\protected\def\ltj@@unhbox{\ltj@reset@globaldefs\afterassignment\ltj@@unhbox@\ltj@tempcnta}
\protected\def\ltj@@unvbox{\ltj@reset@globaldefs\afterassignment\ltj@@unvbox@\ltj@tempcnta}
-\protected\def\ltj@@unhbox@{\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir\ltj@@orig@unhbox\ltj@tempcnta}
-\protected\def\ltj@@unvbox@{\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir\ltj@@orig@unvbox\ltj@tempcnta}
+\protected\def\ltj@@unhbox@{\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir\expandafter\ltj@@orig@unhbox\the\ltj@tempcnta\relax}
+\protected\def\ltj@@unvbox@{\ltj@@lua@unboxcheckdir\expandafter\ltj@@orig@unvbox\the\ltj@tempcnta\relax}
\let\ltj@@orig@unhcopy\unhcopy
\let\ltj@@orig@unvcopy\unvcopy
\protected\def\ltj@@unhcopy{\ltj@reset@globaldefs\afterassignment\ltj@@unhcopy@\ltj@tempcnta}
\protected\def\ltj@@unvcopy{\ltj@reset@globaldefs\afterassignment\ltj@@unvcopy@\ltj@tempcnta}
\protected\def\ltj@@unhcopy@{%
- \directlua{luatexja.direction.unbox_check_dir(true)}%
- \ltj@@orig@unhcopy\ltj@tempcnta
- \directlua{luatexja.direction.uncopy_restore_whatsit()}}
+ \ltj@@lua@uncopycheckdir\expandafter\ltj@@orig@unhcopy\the\ltj@tempcnta\relax
+ \ltj@@lua@uncopy@restore@whatsit}%
\protected\def\ltj@@unvcopy@{%
- \directlua{luatexja.direction.unbox_check_dir(true)}%
- \ltj@@orig@unvcopy\ltj@tempcnta
- \directlua{luatexja.direction.uncopy_restore_whatsit()}}
+ \ltj@@lua@uncopycheckdir\expandafter\ltj@@orig@unvcopy\the\ltj@tempcnta\relax
+ \ltj@@lua@uncopy@restore@whatsit}%
\let\unhbox\ltj@@unhbox %% PRIMITIVE
\let\unvbox\ltj@@unvbox %% PRIMITIVE
\let\unhcopy\ltj@@unhcopy %% PRIMITIVE
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja.sty b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja.sty
index 00c3787684..d355b39003 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/luatexja.sty
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
\newif\ifltj@disablejfam
%%%% VERSION
-\def\LuaTeXjaversion{20221213.0}
+\def\LuaTeXjaversion{20230211.0}
%% Check if LaTeX is used.
\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
diff --git a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/patches/lltjp-siunitx.sty b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/patches/lltjp-siunitx.sty
index 16c13cd7ae..9c4526c3fd 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/patches/lltjp-siunitx.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/generic/luatexja/src/patches/lltjp-siunitx.sty
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
%
-% lltjp-siunitx.sty 2022-12-12
+% lltjp-siunitx.sty 2022-12-14
%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
@@ -34,17 +34,15 @@
\cs_set_eq:NN \ltj_orig__siunitx_table_collect_begin:w \__siunitx_table_collect_begin:w
\cs_set_protected:Npn \__siunitx_table_collect_begin:w #1 \relax
{ \ltj_orig__siunitx_table_collect_begin:w }
-\AtBeginDocument{
- \cs_if_exist:NT \TblrNum
- { \RenewDocumentCommand \TblrNum { m }
- {
- \__tblr_siunitx_process:Nn
- { \cs_set_eq:NN \__siunitx_table_collect_begin:w
- \ltj_orig__siunitx_table_collect_begin:w
- \tablenum}
- {#1}
- }
- }
+\RenewDocumentCommand \tablenum { O { } m }
+ {
+ \mode_leave_vertical:
+ \group_begin:
+ \keys_set:nn { siunitx } {#1}
+ \siunitx_cell_begin:w
+ \relax \ignorespaces #2
+ \siunitx_cell_end:
+ \group_end:
}
}% siunitx v3.00 end
{% siunitx v2.xx
diff --git a/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.pdf b/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.pdf
index bdc2769722..39ee5f64cf 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.pdf
+++ b/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.sty b/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.sty
index 53fe7fd688..2f42e52713 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.sty
+++ b/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg.sty
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
% The lualinalg package
% Authors: Chetan Shirore and Ajit Kumar
-% version 1.0
+% version 1.1, Date=11-Feb-2023
% Licensed under LaTeX Project Public License v1.3c or later. The complete license text is available at http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt.
-\ProvidesPackage{lualinalg}[1.0]
+\ProvidesPackage{lualinalg}[1.1]
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
\RequirePackage{amsmath}
\RequirePackage{luamaths}
\RequirePackage{luacode}
\begin{luacode*}
-local complex = require "luacomplex"
+local complex = require "lualinalg_complex"
-- matrices part
matrices = {}
diff --git a/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/luacomplex.lua b/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg_complex.lua
index b817ce66b6..9f355e53b1 100644
--- a/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/luacomplex.lua
+++ b/macros/luatex/latex/lualinalg/lualinalg_complex.lua
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
---Version=1.0, Date=31-Jan-2023
+--Version=1.1, Date=10-Feb-2023
-- provides module for complex numbers
--Contains a modified version of the file complex.lua. It is availalbe on the link https://github.com/davidm/lua-matrix/blob/master/lua/matrix.lua. This is licensed under the same terms as Lua itself. This license allows to freely copy, modify and distribute the file for any purpose and without any restrictions.
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/README.md b/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/README.md
index 42a811d93a..534cd4d8f3 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/README.md
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/README.md
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# THE POLYGLOSSIA PACKAGE v1.59
+# THE POLYGLOSSIA PACKAGE v1.60
## Multilingual typesetting with XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX
This package provides an alternative to Babel for users of XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX.
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ Polyglossia makes it possible to automate the following tasks:
# LICENCE
-Copyright (c) 2008-2010 François Charette, 2013 Élie Roux, 2011-2022 Arthur Reutenauer,
-Copyright (c) 2019-2022 Bastien Roucariès, 2019-2022 Jürgen Spitzmüller
+Copyright (c) 2008-2010 François Charette, 2013 Élie Roux, 2011-2023 Arthur Reutenauer,
+Copyright (c) 2019-2023 Bastien Roucariès, 2019-2023 Jürgen Spitzmüller
Except where otherwise noted, Polyglossia is placed under the terms of the MIT licence
(https://opensource.org/licenses/MIT).
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.dtx b/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.dtx
index 7fa7385283..d455f7f8e3 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.dtx
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.dtx
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
\iffalse
%</internal>
%<*README>
-# THE POLYGLOSSIA PACKAGE v1.59
+# THE POLYGLOSSIA PACKAGE v1.60
## Multilingual typesetting with XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX
This package provides an alternative to Babel for users of XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX.
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ Polyglossia makes it possible to automate the following tasks:
# LICENCE
-Copyright (c) 2008-2010 François Charette, 2013 Élie Roux, 2011-2022 Arthur Reutenauer,
-Copyright (c) 2019-2022 Bastien Roucariès, 2019-2022 Jürgen Spitzmüller
+Copyright (c) 2008-2010 François Charette, 2013 Élie Roux, 2011-2023 Arthur Reutenauer,
+Copyright (c) 2019-2023 Bastien Roucariès, 2019-2023 Jürgen Spitzmüller
Except where otherwise noted, Polyglossia is placed under the terms of the MIT licence
(https://opensource.org/licenses/MIT).
@@ -66,17 +66,17 @@ to track the issues and follow progress.
The polyglossia package
(C) 2008–2010 François Charette
- (C) 2011–2022 Arthur Reutenauer
+ (C) 2011–2023 Arthur Reutenauer
(C) 2013 Elie Roux
(C) 2019 Bastien Roucariès
- (C) 2019–2022 Jürgen Spitzmüller
+ (C) 2019–2023 Jürgen Spitzmüller
License information appended
\endpreamble
\postamble
- Copyright (C) 2022 by Arthur Reutenauer <arthur 'dot' reutenauer 'at' normalesup 'dot' org>
+ Copyright (C) 2023 by Arthur Reutenauer <arthur 'dot' reutenauer 'at' normalesup 'dot' org>
This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
@@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ to track the issues and follow progress.
% \subsection{malay}\label{malay}
% \paragraph*{Options:}
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \xpgchoicekey[1.45]{variant}{\xpgpresetvalue{indonesian} or \xpgvalue{malaysian}}
+% \item \xpgchoicekey[1.45]{variant}{\xpgvalue{indonesian} or \xpgpresetvalue{malaysian}}
% \end{itemize}
%
% \subsection{marathi}\label{marathi}
@@ -2887,6 +2887,15 @@ to track the issues and follow progress.
% \section{Revision history}
%
% \bgroup\footnotesize
+% \subsection*{1.60 (2023/02/11)}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Bug fixes}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Remove stray \texttt{U+FEFF} glyphs in gloss files (\TXI{574})
+% \item Fix vertical whitespace in captions (\TXI{575})
+% \item Fix whitespace in dutch with shorthands.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
% \subsection*{1.59 (2022/11/29)}
%
% \subsubsection*{Bug fixes}
@@ -3828,7 +3837,7 @@ to track the issues and follow progress.
% \subsection{polyglossia.sty}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{polyglossia}[2022/11/29 v1.59
+\ProvidesPackage{polyglossia}[2023/02/11 v1.60
Modern multilingual typesetting with XeLaTeX and LuaLaTeX]
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
\RequirePackage{makecmds}
@@ -6064,6 +6073,7 @@ to track the issues and follow progress.
% Since captions might float to other language regions,
% we need to change the language here (#542)
\AddToHook{cmd/caption/before}{%
+ \ifhmode\unskip\fi%
\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\setforeignlanguage{\languagename}}%
\addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setforeignlanguage{\languagename}}%
}
@@ -7170,7 +7180,7 @@ Shawwāl\or Dhū ’l-Qaʿda\or Dhū ’l-Ḥijja\fi}
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-punct.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia-punct')
@@ -7237,7 +7247,7 @@ polyglossia.deactivate_french_punct = deactivate_french_punct
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-korean.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
local glyph_id = node.id"glyph"
@@ -7855,7 +7865,7 @@ prepend_to_callback ("hpack_filter",
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-latin.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia-punct')
@@ -7910,7 +7920,7 @@ polyglossia.deactivate_latin_punct = deactivate_latin_punct
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-punct.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia') -- just in case...
@@ -8278,7 +8288,7 @@ polyglossia.clear_spaced_characters = clear_spaced_characters
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-sanskrit.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia-punct')
@@ -8328,7 +8338,7 @@ polyglossia.deactivate_sanskrit_punct = deactivate_sanskrit_punct
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-tibt.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia') -- just in case...
@@ -8431,7 +8441,7 @@ polyglossia.desactivate_tibt_eol = desactivate
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
local module_name = "polyglossia"
@@ -9790,9 +9800,9 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-latex.lde}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
-\ProvidesLanguageDefinitionExtension{gloss-latex}{2022/11/29}{v1.59}{polyglossia: module for default language}
+\ProvidesLanguageDefinitionExtension{gloss-latex}{2023/02/11}{v1.60}{polyglossia: module for default language}
\PolyglossiaSetup{latex}{
hyphennames={english},
@@ -9836,7 +9846,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-acadien.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-acadien.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Canadian (Acadian) French]
@@ -9853,7 +9863,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-aeb.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-aeb.ldf}[polyglossia: module for aeb (Arabic)]
@@ -9870,7 +9880,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-af.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-af.ldf}[polyglossia: module for af (Afrikaans)]
@@ -9887,7 +9897,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-afb.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-afb.ldf}[polyglossia: module for afb (Arabic)]
@@ -9904,7 +9914,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-afrikaans.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-afrikaans.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Afrikaans]
@@ -10007,7 +10017,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-albanian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-albanian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Albanian]
@@ -10062,7 +10072,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-am.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-am.ldf}[polyglossia: module for am (Amharic)]
@@ -10079,7 +10089,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-american.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-american.ldf}[polyglossia: module for American English]
@@ -10096,7 +10106,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-amharic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-amharic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Amharic]
\PolyglossiaSetup{amharic}{
@@ -10314,7 +10324,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-apd.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-apd.ldf}[polyglossia: module for apd (Arabic)]
@@ -10331,7 +10341,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar-IQ.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar-IQ.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar-IQ (Arabic)]
@@ -10348,7 +10358,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar-JO.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar-JO.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar-JO (Arabic)]
@@ -10365,7 +10375,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar-LB.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar-LB.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar-LB (Arabic)]
@@ -10382,7 +10392,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar-MR.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar-MR.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar-MR (Arabic)]
@@ -10399,7 +10409,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar-PS.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar-PS.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar-PS (Arabic)]
@@ -10416,7 +10426,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar-SY.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar-SY.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar-SY (Arabic)]
@@ -10433,7 +10443,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar-YE.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar-YE.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar-YE (Arabic)]
@@ -10450,7 +10460,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ar.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ar.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ar (Arabic)]
@@ -10467,7 +10477,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-arabic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-arabic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Arabic]
\RequireBidi
@@ -10737,7 +10747,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-armenian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-armenian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Armenian]
@@ -10924,7 +10934,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-arq.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-arq.ldf}[polyglossia: module for arq (Arabic)]
@@ -10941,7 +10951,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ary.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ary.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ary (Arabic)]
@@ -10958,7 +10968,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-arz.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-arz.ldf}[polyglossia: module for arz (Arabic)]
@@ -10975,7 +10985,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ast.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ast.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ast (Asturian)]
@@ -10992,7 +11002,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-asturian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
% Translated by Xuacu <xuacusk8 at gmail dot com>
% Contributed by Kevin Godby <godbyk at gmail dot com>
@@ -11050,7 +11060,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-australian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-australian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Australian English]
@@ -11067,7 +11077,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-austrian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-austrian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Austrian German (old spelling)]
@@ -11084,7 +11094,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ayl.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ayl.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ayl (Arabic)]
@@ -11101,7 +11111,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bahasa.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bahasa.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Bahasa Indonesia]
@@ -11118,7 +11128,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bahasai.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bahasai.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Bahasa Indonesia]
@@ -11136,7 +11146,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bahasam.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bahasam.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Bahasa Melayu]
@@ -11154,7 +11164,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-basque.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-basque.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Basque]
\PolyglossiaSetup{basque}{
@@ -11209,7 +11219,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-be-tarask.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-be-tarask.ldf}[polyglossia: module for be-tarask (Belarusian)]
@@ -11226,7 +11236,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-be.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-be.ldf}[polyglossia: module for be (Belarusian)]
@@ -11243,7 +11253,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-belarusian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-belarusian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Belarusian]
@@ -11567,7 +11577,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bengali.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
% Translations provided by সাজেদুর রহিম জোয়ারদার <toshazed@gmail.com>
% TODO implement Bengali calendar
@@ -11706,7 +11716,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bg.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bg.ldf}[polyglossia: module for bg (Bulgarian)]
@@ -11723,7 +11733,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bn.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bn.ldf}[polyglossia: module for bn (Bengali)]
@@ -11740,7 +11750,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bo.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bo.ldf}[polyglossia: module for bo (Tibetan)]
@@ -11757,7 +11767,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bosnian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bosnian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Bosnian]
@@ -11817,7 +11827,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-br.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-br.ldf}[polyglossia: module for br (Breton)]
@@ -11834,7 +11844,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-brazil.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-brazil.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Brazilian Portuguese]
@@ -11853,7 +11863,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-breton.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-breton.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Breton]
\PolyglossiaSetup{breton}{
@@ -11958,7 +11968,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-british.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-british.ldf}[polyglossia: module for British English]
@@ -11975,7 +11985,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bs.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bs.ldf}[polyglossia: module for bs (Bosnian)]
@@ -11992,7 +12002,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-bulgarian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-bulgarian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Bulgarian]
\PolyglossiaSetup{bulgarian}{
@@ -12091,7 +12101,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ca.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ca.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ca (Catalan)]
@@ -12108,7 +12118,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-canadian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-canadian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Canadian English]
@@ -12125,7 +12135,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-canadien.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-canadien.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Canadian French]
@@ -12142,7 +12152,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-catalan.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-catalan.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Catalan]
\PolyglossiaSetup{catalan}{
@@ -12309,7 +12319,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-chinese.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-chinese.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Chinese]
@@ -12593,7 +12603,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ckb-Arab.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ckb-Arab.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ckb-Arab (Kurdish)]
@@ -12610,7 +12620,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ckb-Latn.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ckb-Latn.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ckb-Latn (Kurdish)]
@@ -12627,7 +12637,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ckb.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ckb.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ckb (Kurdish)]
@@ -12644,7 +12654,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-cop.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-cop.ldf}[polyglossia: module for cop (Coptic)]
@@ -12661,7 +12671,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-coptic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-coptic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Coptic]
\PolyglossiaSetup{coptic}{
@@ -12714,7 +12724,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-croatian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-croatian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Croatian]
\PolyglossiaSetup{croatian}{
@@ -12987,7 +12997,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-cy.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-cy.ldf}[polyglossia: module for cy (Welsh)]
@@ -13004,7 +13014,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-cz.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-cz.ldf}[polyglossia: module for cz (Czech)]
@@ -13021,7 +13031,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-czech.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-czech.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Czech]
@@ -13277,7 +13287,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-da.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-da.ldf}[polyglossia: module for da (Danish)]
@@ -13294,7 +13304,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-danish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-danish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Danish]
\PolyglossiaSetup{danish}{
@@ -13349,7 +13359,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-AT-1901.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-AT-1901.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-AT-1901 (Austrian German, old spelling)]
@@ -13366,7 +13376,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-AT-1996.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-AT-1996.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-AT-1996 (Austrian German)]
@@ -13383,7 +13393,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-AT.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-AT.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-AT (Austrian German)]
@@ -13400,7 +13410,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-CH-1901.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-CH-1901.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-CH-1901 (Swiss German, old spelling)]
@@ -13417,7 +13427,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-CH-1996.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-CH-1996.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-CH-1996 (Swiss German)]
@@ -13434,7 +13444,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-CH.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-CH.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-CH (Swiss German)]
@@ -13451,7 +13461,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-DE-1901.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-DE-1901.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-DE-1901 (Germany's German, old spelling)]
@@ -13468,7 +13478,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-DE-1996.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-DE-1996.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-DE-1996 (Germany's German)]
@@ -13485,7 +13495,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-DE.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-DE.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-DE (Germany's German)]
@@ -13502,7 +13512,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-AT-1901.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-AT-1901-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-AT-1901-Latf (Austrian German, old spelling)]
@@ -13519,7 +13529,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-AT-1996.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-AT-1996-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-AT-1996-Latf (Austrian German)]
@@ -13536,7 +13546,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-AT.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-AT-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-AT-Latf (Austrian German)]
@@ -13553,7 +13563,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-CH-1901.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-CH-1901-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-CH-1901-Latf (Swiss German, old spelling)]
@@ -13570,7 +13580,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-CH-1996.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-CH-1996-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-CH-1996-Latf (Swiss German)]
@@ -13587,7 +13597,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-CH.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-CH-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-CH-Latf (Swiss German)]
@@ -13604,7 +13614,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-DE-1901.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-DE-1901-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-DE-1901-Latf (Germany's German, old spelling)]
@@ -13621,7 +13631,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-DE-1996.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-DE-1996-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-DE-1996-Latf (Germany's German)]
@@ -13638,7 +13648,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf-DE.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-DE-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-DE-Latf (Germany's German)]
@@ -13655,7 +13665,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de-Latf.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de-Latf.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de-Latf (German)]
@@ -13672,7 +13682,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-de.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-de.ldf}[polyglossia: module for de (German)]
@@ -13689,7 +13699,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-divehi.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-divehi.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Divehi]
@@ -13754,7 +13764,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-dsb.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-dsb.ldf}[polyglossia: module for dsb (Sorbian)]
@@ -13771,7 +13781,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-dutch.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-dutch.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Dutch]
\PolyglossiaSetup{dutch}{
@@ -13806,11 +13816,11 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
\def\dutch@shorthands{%
\bbl@activate{"}%
\def\language@group{dutch}%
- \declare@shorthand{dutch}{"-}{\nobreak-\bbl@allowhyphens}
- \declare@shorthand{dutch}{"~}{\textormath{\leavevmode\hbox{-}}{-}}
+ \declare@shorthand{dutch}{"-}{\nobreak-\bbl@allowhyphens}%
+ \declare@shorthand{dutch}{"~}{\textormath{\leavevmode\hbox{-}}{-}}%
\declare@shorthand{dutch}{"|}{%
- \textormath{\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}}{}}
- \declare@shorthand{dutch}{""}{\hskip\z@skip}
+ \textormath{\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}}{}}%
+ \declare@shorthand{dutch}{""}{\hskip\z@skip}%
\declare@shorthand{dutch}{"/}{\textormath
{\bbl@allowhyphens\discretionary{/}{}{/}\bbl@allowhyphens}{}}%
\def\-{\bbl@allowhyphens\discretionary{-}{}{}\bbl@allowhyphens}%
@@ -13874,7 +13884,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-dv.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-dv.ldf}[polyglossia: module for dv (Divehi)]
@@ -13891,7 +13901,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-el-monoton.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-el-monoton.ldf}[polyglossia: module for el-monoton (Greek)]
@@ -13908,7 +13918,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-el-polyton.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-el-polyton.ldf}[polyglossia: module for el-polyton (Greek)]
@@ -13925,7 +13935,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-el.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-el.ldf}[polyglossia: module for el (Greek)]
@@ -13942,7 +13952,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-en-AU.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-en-AU.ldf}[polyglossia: module for en-AU (Australian English)]
@@ -13959,7 +13969,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-en-CA.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-en-CA.ldf}[polyglossia: module for en-CA (Canadan English)]
@@ -13976,7 +13986,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-en-GB.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-en-GB.ldf}[polyglossia: module for en-GB (British English)]
@@ -13993,7 +14003,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-en-NZ.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-en-NZ.ldf}[polyglossia: module for en-NZ (Newzealand English)]
@@ -14010,7 +14020,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-en-US.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-en-US.ldf}[polyglossia: module for en-US (American English)]
@@ -14027,7 +14037,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-en.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-en.ldf}[polyglossia: module for en (English)]
@@ -14044,7 +14054,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-english.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-english.ldf}[polyglossia: module for English]
@@ -14252,7 +14262,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-eo.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-eo.ldf}[polyglossia: module for eo (Esperanto)]
@@ -14269,7 +14279,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-es-ES.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-es-ES.ldf}[polyglossia: module for es-ES (Spain's Spanish)]
@@ -14286,7 +14296,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-es-MX.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-es-MX.ldf}[polyglossia: module for es-MX (Mexican Spanish)]
@@ -14303,7 +14313,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-es.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-es.ldf}[polyglossia: module for es (Spanish)]
@@ -14320,7 +14330,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-esperanto.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-esperanto.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Esperanto]
\PolyglossiaSetup{esperanto}{
@@ -14398,7 +14408,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-estonian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-estonian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Estonian]
\PolyglossiaSetup{estonian}{
@@ -14452,7 +14462,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-et.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-et.ldf}[polyglossia: module for et (Estonian)]
@@ -14469,7 +14479,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-eu.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-eu.ldf}[polyglossia: module for eu (Basque)]
@@ -14486,7 +14496,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-fa.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-fa.ldf}[polyglossia: module for fa (Persian)]
@@ -14503,7 +14513,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-farsi.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-farsi.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Farsi]
@@ -14521,7 +14531,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-fi.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-fi.ldf}[polyglossia: module for fi (Finnish)]
@@ -14538,7 +14548,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-finnish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-finnish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Finnish]
\PolyglossiaSetup{finnish}{
@@ -14655,7 +14665,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-fr-CA.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-fr-CA.ldf}[polyglossia: module for fr-CA (Canadian French)]
@@ -14672,7 +14682,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-fr-CH.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-fr-CH.ldf}[polyglossia: module for fr-CH (Swiss French)]
@@ -14689,7 +14699,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-fr-FR.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-fr-FR.ldf}[polyglossia: module for fr-FR (France's French)]
@@ -14706,7 +14716,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-fr.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-fr.ldf}[polyglossia: module for fr (French)]
@@ -14723,7 +14733,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-french.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-french.ldf}[polyglossia: module for French]
@@ -15245,7 +15255,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-friulan.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-friulan.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Friulian]
@@ -15262,7 +15272,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-friulian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-friulian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Friulian]
@@ -15346,7 +15356,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-fur.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-fur.ldf}[polyglossia: module for fur (Friulian)]
@@ -15363,7 +15373,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ga.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ga.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ga (Gaelic)]
@@ -15380,7 +15390,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-gaelic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-gaelic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Gaelic]
@@ -15508,7 +15518,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-galician.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-galician.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Galician]
\PolyglossiaSetup{galician}{
@@ -15562,7 +15572,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-gd.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-gd.ldf}[polyglossia: module for gd (Gaelic)]
@@ -15579,7 +15589,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-georgian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-georgian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Georgian]
@@ -15821,7 +15831,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-german.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-german.ldf}[polyglossia: module for German]
@@ -16155,7 +16165,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-germanb.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-germanb.ldf}[polyglossia: module for German (old spelling)]
@@ -16172,7 +16182,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-gl.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-gl.ldf}[polyglossia: module for gl (Galician)]
@@ -16189,7 +16199,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-grc.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-grc.ldf}[polyglossia: module for grc (Greek)]
@@ -16206,7 +16216,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-greek.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-greek.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Greek]
@@ -16626,7 +16636,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-he.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-he.ldf}[polyglossia: module for he (Hebrew)]
@@ -16643,7 +16653,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hebrew.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-hebrew.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Hebrew]
@@ -16824,7 +16834,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hi.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-hi.ldf}[polyglossia: module for hi (Hindi)]
@@ -16841,7 +16851,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hindi.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
% UTF-8 strings kindly provided by Zdenĕk Wagner, 10-03-2008
% with corrections and additional contributions by Anshuman Pandey
@@ -16968,7 +16978,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hr.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-hr.ldf}[polyglossia: module for hr (Croatian)]
@@ -16985,7 +16995,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hsb.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-hsb.ldf}[polyglossia: module for hsb (Higher Sorbian)]
@@ -17002,7 +17012,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hu.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-hu.ldf}[polyglossia: module for hu (Hungarian)]
@@ -17019,7 +17029,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hungarian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-hungarian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Hungarian]
@@ -17415,7 +17425,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-hy.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-hy.ldf}[polyglossia: module for hy (Armenian)]
@@ -17432,7 +17442,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ia.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ia.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ia (Interlingua)]
@@ -17449,7 +17459,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-icelandic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-icelandic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Icelandic]
\PolyglossiaSetup{icelandic}{
@@ -17505,7 +17515,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-id.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-id.ldf}[polyglossia: module for id (Malay)]
@@ -17522,7 +17532,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-interlingua.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-interlingua.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Interlingua]
\PolyglossiaSetup{interlingua}{
@@ -17578,7 +17588,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-irish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-irish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Irish]
@@ -17596,7 +17606,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-is.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-is.ldf}[polyglossia: module for is (Icelandic)]
@@ -17613,7 +17623,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-it.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-it.ldf}[polyglossia: module for it (Italian)]
@@ -17631,7 +17641,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
% \subsection{gloss-italian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
% !TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-italian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Italian]
\PolyglossiaSetup{italian}{
@@ -17780,7 +17790,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ja.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ja.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ja (Japanese)]
@@ -17797,7 +17807,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-japanese.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-japanese.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Japanese]
@@ -18032,7 +18042,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ka.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ka.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ka (Georgian)]
@@ -18050,7 +18060,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
% \subsection{gloss-kannada.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
%% gloss-kannada.ldf
-%% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+%% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%%
%% Copyright 2011 Aravinda VK <hallimanearavind AT gmail.com>,
%% Shankar Prasad <prasad.mvs AT gmail.com>,
@@ -18170,7 +18180,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-khmer.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-khmer.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Khmer]
\PolyglossiaSetup{khmer}{
@@ -18339,7 +18349,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-km.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-km.ldf}[polyglossia: module for km (Khmer)]
@@ -18356,7 +18366,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-kmr-Arab.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-kmr-Arab.ldf}[polyglossia: module for kmr-Arab (Kurdish)]
@@ -18373,7 +18383,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-kmr-Latn.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-kmr-Latn.ldf}[polyglossia: module for kmr-Latn (Kurdish)]
@@ -18390,7 +18400,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-kmr.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-kmr.ldf}[polyglossia: module for kmr (Kurdish)]
@@ -18407,7 +18417,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-kn.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-kn.ldf}[polyglossia: module for kn (Kannada)]
@@ -18424,7 +18434,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ko.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ko.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ko (Korean)]
@@ -18441,7 +18451,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-korean.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-korean.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Korean]
@@ -18919,7 +18929,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ku-Arab.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ku-Arab.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ku-Arab (Kurdish)]
@@ -18936,7 +18946,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ku-Latn.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ku-Latn.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ku-Latn (Kurdish)]
@@ -18953,7 +18963,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ku.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ku.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ku (Kurdish)]
@@ -18970,7 +18980,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-kurdish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
% Created on September 1, 2019
% Last updated on May 17, 2020
@@ -19376,7 +19386,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-kurmanji.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-kurmanji.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Kurmanji Kurdish]
@@ -19393,7 +19403,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-la-x-classic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-la-xclassic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for la-xclassic (Latin)]
@@ -19410,7 +19420,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-la-x-ecclesia.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-la-xecclesiastic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for la-xecclesiastic (Latin)]
@@ -19427,7 +19437,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-la-x-medieval.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-la-xmedieval.ldf}[polyglossia: module for la-xmedieval (Latin)]
@@ -19444,7 +19454,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-la.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-la.ldf}[polyglossia: module for la (Latin)]
@@ -19461,7 +19471,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-lao.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-lao.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Lao]
@@ -19570,7 +19580,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-latin.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-latin.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Latin]
@@ -20678,7 +20688,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-latinclassic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-latinclassic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for classic Latin]
@@ -20695,7 +20705,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-latinecclesiastic.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-latinecclesiastic.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ecclesiastic Latin]
@@ -20712,7 +20722,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-latinmedieval.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-latinmedieval.ldf}[polyglossia: module for medieval Latin]
@@ -20729,7 +20739,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-latvian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-latvian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Latvian]
\PolyglossiaSetup{latvian}{
@@ -20784,7 +20794,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-lithuanian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
% Translated by Paulius Sladkevičius <komsas@gmail.com>
@@ -20863,7 +20873,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-lo.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-lo.ldf}[polyglossia: module for lo (Lao)]
@@ -20880,7 +20890,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-lowersorbian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-lowersorbian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Lower Sorbian]
@@ -20897,7 +20907,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-lsorbian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-lsorbian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Lower Sorbian]
@@ -20915,7 +20925,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-lt.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-lt.ldf}[polyglossia: module for lt (Lithuanian)]
@@ -20932,7 +20942,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-lv.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-lv.ldf}[polyglossia: module for lv (Latvian)]
@@ -20949,7 +20959,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-macedonian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-macedonian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Macedonian]
\PolyglossiaSetup{macedonian}{
@@ -21046,7 +21056,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-magyar.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-magyar.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Hungarian (Magyar)]
@@ -21063,7 +21073,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-malay.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-malay.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Malay]
@@ -21260,9 +21270,9 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-malayalam.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
-\ProvidesFile{gloss-malayalam.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Malayalam]
+\ProvidesFile{gloss-malayalam.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Malayalam]
% Translations provided by Kevin & Siji, 01-11-2009
@@ -21328,7 +21338,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-marathi.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
% Translations provided by Abhijit Navale <abhi_navale@live.in>
% Ordinals (1-100) added by Niranjan Tambe <niranjanvikastambe@gmail.com> on 14th December, 2019
@@ -21474,7 +21484,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-mk.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-mk.ldf}[polyglossia: module for mk (Macedonian)]
@@ -21491,7 +21501,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ml.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ml.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ml (Malayalam)]
@@ -21508,7 +21518,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-mn.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-mn.ldf}[polyglossia: module for mn (Mongolian)]
@@ -21525,7 +21535,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-mongolian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-mongolian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Mongolian]
@@ -21762,7 +21772,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-mr.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-mr.ldf}[polyglossia: module for mr (Marathi)]
@@ -21779,7 +21789,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-naustrian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-naustrian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Austrian German (current spelling)]
@@ -21796,7 +21806,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-nb.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-nb.ldf}[polyglossia: module for nb (Norwegian)]
@@ -21813,7 +21823,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-newzealand.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-newzealand.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Newzealand English]
@@ -21830,7 +21840,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ngerman.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ngerman.ldf}[polyglossia: module for German (current spelling)]
@@ -21847,7 +21857,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-nko.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-nko.ldf}[Polyglossia: module for N’Ko]
\PolyglossiaSetup{nko}{%
@@ -21943,7 +21953,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-norsk.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-norsk.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Norwegian (Bokmal)]
@@ -21961,7 +21971,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-norwegian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-norwegian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Norwegian]
\PolyglossiaSetup{norwegian}{
@@ -22086,7 +22096,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-nswissgerman.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-nswissgerman.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Swiss German (current spelling)]
@@ -22103,7 +22113,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-nynorsk.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-nynorsk.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Norwegian (Nynorsk)]
@@ -22121,7 +22131,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-occitan.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
%%
%% This is file `gloss-occitan.ldf',
@@ -22298,7 +22308,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-pa.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-pa.ldf}[polyglossia: module for pa (Punjabi)]
@@ -22315,7 +22325,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-persian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-persian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Persian]
@@ -22465,7 +22475,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
% \subsection{gloss-piedmontese.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
% !TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-piedmontese.ldf}[2013/02/12 v1.0 polyglossia: module for Piedmontese]
\makeatletter
@@ -22593,7 +22603,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-polish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-polish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Polish]
@@ -22849,7 +22859,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-polutonikogreek.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-polutonikogreek.ldf}[polyglossia: module for polytonic Greek]
@@ -22866,7 +22876,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-portuges.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-portuges.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Portuguese]
@@ -22886,7 +22896,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-portuguese.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-portuguese.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Portuguese]
@@ -23113,7 +23123,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-punjabi.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
% UTF-8 strings kindly provided by
% Arvinder Singh Kang, <17-11-2022>
@@ -23229,7 +23239,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-romanian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-romanian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Romanian]
@@ -23286,7 +23296,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-romansh.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-romansh.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Romansh]
\makeatletter
@@ -23342,7 +23352,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-russian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-russian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Russian]
@@ -23734,7 +23744,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-sami.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-sami.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Sami]
@@ -23836,7 +23846,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-samin.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-samin.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Northern Sami]
@@ -23854,7 +23864,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-sanskrit.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-sanskrit.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Sanskrit]
@@ -24008,7 +24018,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-scottish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-scottish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Scottish Gaelic]
@@ -24026,7 +24036,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-serbian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-serbian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Serbian]
%TODO split into gloss-serbiancyr.ldf and gloss-serbianlat.ldf
@@ -24334,7 +24344,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-serbianc.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-serbianc.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Serbian (cyrillic)]
@@ -24351,7 +24361,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-slovak.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-slovak.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Slovak]
@@ -24615,7 +24625,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-slovene.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-slovene.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Slovenian]
@@ -24632,7 +24642,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-slovenian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-slovenian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Slovenian]
@@ -24722,7 +24732,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-sorbian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-sorbian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Sorbian]
@@ -24911,7 +24921,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-spanish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-spanish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Spanish]
@@ -25148,7 +25158,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-spanishmx.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-spanishmx.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Mexican Spanish]
@@ -25165,7 +25175,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-swedish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-swedish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Swedish]
@@ -25228,7 +25238,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-swissgerman.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-swissgerman.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Swiss German (old spelling)]
@@ -25245,7 +25255,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-syriac.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-syriac.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Syriac]
@@ -25431,7 +25441,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-tamil.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-tamil.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Tamil]
@@ -25499,7 +25509,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-telugu.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-telugu.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Telugu]
@@ -25570,7 +25580,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-thai.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-thai.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Thai]
%% This is partly based on thai-latex for Babel:
@@ -25721,7 +25731,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-tibetan.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-tibetan.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Tibetan]
%% Copyright 2013 Elie Roux
@@ -25942,7 +25952,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-turkish.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-turkish.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Turkish]
\RequirePackage{hijrical}
@@ -26058,7 +26068,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-turkmen.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-turkmen.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Turkmen]
%% Translations provided by Nazar Annagurban <nazartm at gmail dot com>
@@ -26114,7 +26124,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ug.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ug.ldf}[polyglossia: module for ug (Uyghur)]
% BCP 47 tag for Uyghur
@@ -26130,7 +26140,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-ukrainian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-ukrainian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Ukrainian]
% Strings taken from Babel
@@ -26423,7 +26433,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-uppersorbian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-uppersorbian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Upper Sorbian]
@@ -26440,7 +26450,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-urdu.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
%%% Adapted from a file contributed by Kamal Abdali
\ProvidesFile{gloss-urdu.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Urdu]
@@ -26596,7 +26606,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-usorbian.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-usorbian.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Upper Sorbian]
@@ -26614,7 +26624,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-uyghur.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-uyghur.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Uyghur]
%% Translations provided by Osman Tursun (Github Account: neouyghur)
@@ -27053,7 +27063,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-vietnamese.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-vietnamese.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Vietnamese]
%% Strings contributed by Daniel Owens < dhowens . pmbx . net >
@@ -27110,7 +27120,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-welsh.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-welsh.ldf}[polyglossia: module for Welsh]
@@ -27208,7 +27218,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-zh-CN.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-zh-CN.ldf}[polyglossia: module for zh-CN (Chinese)]
@@ -27225,7 +27235,7 @@ polyglossia.newloader_loaded_languages = newloader_loaded_languages
%
% \subsection{gloss-zh-TW.ldf}
% \begin{macrocode}
-% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29)
+% Language definition file (part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11)
%
\ProvidesFile{gloss-zh-TW.ldf}[polyglossia: module for zh-TW (Chinese)]
@@ -27394,7 +27404,7 @@ U+0039 <> U+0E59 ;
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-punct.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia-punct')
@@ -27461,7 +27471,7 @@ polyglossia.deactivate_french_punct = deactivate_french_punct
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-korean.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
local glyph_id = node.id"glyph"
@@ -28079,7 +28089,7 @@ prepend_to_callback ("hpack_filter",
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-latin.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia-punct')
@@ -28134,7 +28144,7 @@ polyglossia.deactivate_latin_punct = deactivate_latin_punct
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-punct.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia') -- just in case...
@@ -28502,7 +28512,7 @@ polyglossia.clear_spaced_characters = clear_spaced_characters
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-sanskrit.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia-punct')
@@ -28552,7 +28562,7 @@ polyglossia.deactivate_sanskrit_punct = deactivate_sanskrit_punct
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia-tibt.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
require('polyglossia') -- just in case...
@@ -28655,7 +28665,7 @@ polyglossia.desactivate_tibt_eol = desactivate
% \begin{macrocode}
--
-- polyglossia.lua
--- part of polyglossia v1.59 -- 2022/11/29
+-- part of polyglossia v1.60 -- 2023/02/11
--
local module_name = "polyglossia"
diff --git a/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.pdf b/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.pdf
index e953bfc7aa..2e6601d75a 100644
--- a/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.pdf
+++ b/macros/unicodetex/latex/polyglossia/polyglossia.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/README.md b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/README.md
index cbbe33bd1a..0cb940a5ca 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/README.md
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/README.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% Project: langsci
%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-16 11:11:11 UTC
+%% Date: 2023-02-10 11:11:11 UTC
%% Purpose: publishing boks with Language Science Press.
%% Languages: LaTeX, tikz, eps
%% Copyright 2012- Language Science Press
@@ -28,11 +28,9 @@
%% tbls-refresh.pdf, tbls-report.pdf, tbls-r.pdf, tbls-test.pdf, tbls-tree.pdf,
%% tbls-book.eps tbls-bulb.eps tbls-glass.eps tbls-law.eps
%% - langsci-affiliations.sty: Parse author affiliations
-%% - langsci-basic.sty for commands required by the standard template
%% - langsci-bidi.sty: bidirectional text
%% - langsci-gb4e.sty and langsci-cgloss.sty: typeset linguistic examples
%% - langsci-lgr.sty: shortcuts for the Leipzig Glossing Rules
-%% - langsci-linguex.sty: a version of linguex which does not break gb4e
%% - langsci-optional.sty: additional useful commands
%% - langsci-subparts.sty: adds an additional sectioning level between part and chapter
%% - langsci-tbls.sty: macros for the textbook series Textbooks in Language Sciences
@@ -51,10 +49,8 @@ The main file is the file langscibook.cls. This defines the basic structure of t
The following optional packages are also provided, but have to be included manually if desired:
- langsci-basic.sty to set the branding to Language Science Press
langsci-optional.sty: additional useful commands
langsci-gb4e.sty and langsci-cgloss.sty typeset linguistic examples
- langsci-linguex.sty: a version of linguex which does not break gb4e
langsci-lgr.sty: the Leipzig glossing rule definitions
langsci-bidi.sty: bidirectional text
langsci-tbls.sty: macros for the textbook series Textbooks in Language Sciences
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.pdf b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.pdf
index f3d05b6ef2..63af7b5135 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.pdf
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.tex b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.tex
index 3cbbd63bc0..d20c8c5ba0 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.tex
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/documentation/langsci-doc.tex
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
\mainmatter
\chapter{Introduction}
-This document describes the {\LaTeX} class langscibook.cls. This class is used for typesetting books with Language Science Press. Language Science Press publish open access monographs and edited volumes in linguistics.
+This document describes the {\LaTeX} class langscibook.cls. This class is used for typesetting books with Language Science Press. Language Science Press publishes open access monographs and edited volumes in linguistics.
\chapter{The class}
@@ -143,13 +143,12 @@ Papers can be compiled standalone. You can use the command \verb+\papernote+ in
This will set your chapter number to 23 when compiled standalone (rather than 1) and will display text in the chapter footer.
\chapter{Options}
-The class has flag options to toggle certain behaviour and string options to set metadata values.
+The class has flag options to toggle certain behaviours and string options to set metadata values.
\section{Flag options}
\option{collection}{Make the book an edited volume}{false}
\option{draftmode}{Switch to draft mode (adds: draft stamp, indication of overlong lines, date)}{false}
\option{openreview}{Switch to open review mode}{false}
-\option{multiauthors}{Set editor suffix to eds. instead of ed.}{false}
\option{minimal}{Load a very bare class optimized for compilation speed}{false}
\option{nobabel}{Do not use the Babel package in the class}{false}
\option{showindex}{Show indexed terms in margin}{false}
@@ -221,7 +220,7 @@ Redefine the following commands to further alter the appearance:
\option{{\textbackslash}lsCoverSubTitleFont}{Font for the subtitle}{{\textbackslash}sffamily{\textbackslash}addfontfeatures\{Scale=MatchUppercase\}\\ {\textbackslash}fontsize\{25pt\}\{10mm\}{\textbackslash}selectfont}
\option{{\textbackslash}lsCoverTitleFont}{Font for the title}{{\textbackslash}sffamily{\textbackslash}addfontfeatures{Scale=MatchUppercase}\\ {\textbackslash}fontsize{52pt}{17.25mm}{\textbackslash}selectfont}
\option{{\textbackslash}lsEditorPrefix}{How editors are indicated on title page. Useful for localization.}{{{\textbackslash}LARGE Edited by{\textbackslash}{\textbackslash}}}
-\option{{\textbackslash}lsEditorSuffix}{How editors are indicated in the colophon}{(ed.)/(eds.)\rmfamily, depending on the value of the option \texttt{multiauthors}}
+\option{{\textbackslash}lsEditorSuffix}{How editors are indicated in the colophon}{(ed.)/(eds.)}
\option{{\textbackslash}lsLanguageIndexTitle}{The title of the language index. Change this for non-English works}{Language index}
\option{{\textbackslash}lsNameIndexTitle}{The title of the name index. Change this for non-English works}{Name index}
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplemonograph.pdf b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplemonograph.pdf
index 7529effb1e..4e64daeaae 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplemonograph.pdf
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplemonograph.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplepaper.pdf b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplepaper.pdf
index 4d955f64ee..c28bf02404 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplepaper.pdf
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplepaper.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplevolume.pdf b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplevolume.pdf
index 38176ca4c3..76dc116188 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplevolume.pdf
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/examples/samplevolume.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-affiliations.sty b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-affiliations.sty
index edc044ec63..452010496e 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-affiliations.sty
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-affiliations.sty
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
%% langsci-affiliations was developed at Language Science Press to help in the
%% production of scientific texts in linguistics.
%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2021 by Felix Kopecky, Language Science Press
+%% Copyright (C) 2022 by Felix Kopecky, Language Science Press
%%
%% This work consists of the file langsci-affiliations.dtx
-%% and the derived files langsci-affiliations.ins,
+%% and the derived files langsci-affiliations.sty,
%% langsci-affiliations.pdf.
%%
%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
@@ -45,9 +45,10 @@
+
\RequirePackage{xparse}
\ProvidesExplPackage {langsci-affiliations}
-{2021-11-30} {1.0.4}
+{2022-10-11} {1.1}
{A LaTeX3 package to collect and order authors and affiliations}
\NewDocumentCommand{\ResolveAffiliations}{ O{} +m }
@@ -58,6 +59,8 @@
\group_end:
}
+\ProvideDocumentCommand{\LinkToORCIDinAffiliations}{ +m }{ #1 }
+
\NewExpandableDocumentCommand{\CountAuthorsFromAffiliations}{ O{} +m }
{%
\group_begin:
@@ -80,6 +83,10 @@
= \l__affiliations_output_affiliation_bool,
output~affiliation .initial:n
= { true },
+ orcid~placement .tl_set:N
+ = \l__affiliations_orcid_place_tl,
+ orcid~placement .initial:n
+ = { none },
output~in~groups .bool_set:N
= \l__affiliations_output_grouped_bool,
output~in~groups .initial:n
@@ -126,17 +133,20 @@
\clist_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_clist
\int_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_int
\int_new:N \g__affiliations_num_authors_int
-\prop_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_prop
\seq_new:N \l__affiliations_affiliations_seq
\seq_new:N \l__affiliations_authors_seq
\seq_new:N \l__affiliations_names_seq
\seq_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
\seq_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpb_seq
+\seq_new:N \l__affiliations_tmp_affil_seq
+\seq_new:N \l__affiliations_tmp_orcid_seq
\tl_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_tl
\tl_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpb_tl
\tl_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpc_tl
+\prop_new:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_prop
\prop_new:N \l__affiliations_output_prop
\prop_new:N \l__affiliations_affiliations_prop
+\prop_new:N \l__affiliations_orcids_prop
\prop_const_from_keyval:Nn \l__affiliations_icons_prop
{
0 = \char"2460, 1 = \char"2461, 2 = \char"2462, 3 = \char"2463,
@@ -242,10 +252,34 @@
\seq_use:Nn \l__affiliations_tmpb_seq
{\l__affiliations_afil_separator_tl}
}
- \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ \str_case_e:nn { \l__affiliations_orcid_place_tl }
{
- \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}
- \exp_not:N \textsuperscript{\tl_use:N \l__affiliations_tmpb_tl}
+ {none}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}
+ \exp_not:N \textsuperscript{\tl_use:N \l__affiliations_tmpb_tl}
+ }
+ }
+ {before}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_recover_orcid:n { ##1 }
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}
+ \exp_not:N \textsuperscript{\tl_use:N \l__affiliations_tmpb_tl}
+ }
+ }
+ {after}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_recover_orcid:n { ##1 }
+ \exp_not:N \textsuperscript{\tl_use:N \l__affiliations_tmpb_tl}
+ }
+ }
}
}
\seq_use:Nnnn \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
@@ -265,12 +299,36 @@
\l__affiliations_tmpc_tl
\seq_map_inline:Nn \l__affiliations_names_seq
{
- \seq_clear_new:N \l__affiliations_names_tmp_seq
- \seq_set_split:Nnn \l__affiliations_names_tmp_seq { \affiliation }
- { ##1 }
+ \tl_clear_new:N \l__affiliations_names_tmp_tl
+ \tl_set:Nn \l__affiliations_names_tmp_tl { ##1 }
+
+
+ \regex_extract_once:nnN
+ {\c{affiliation} \cB. (\c[^BE].*) \cE.}
+ { ##1 }
+ \l__affiliations_tmp_affil_seq
+
+ \regex_extract_once:nnN
+ {\c{orcid} \cB. (\c[^BE].*) \cE.}
+ { ##1 }
+ \l__affiliations_tmp_orcid_seq
+
+
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN {\c{orcid} \cB. (\c[^BE].*) \cE.}
+ {}
+ \l__affiliations_names_tmp_tl
+ \regex_replace_all:nnN {\c{affiliation} \cB. (\c[^BE].*) \cE.}
+ {}
+ \l__affiliations_names_tmp_tl
+
+
\prop_put:Nxx \l__affiliations_tmpa_prop
- { \seq_item:Nn \l__affiliations_names_tmp_seq {1} }
- { \seq_item:Nn \l__affiliations_names_tmp_seq {2} }
+ { \tl_use:N \l__affiliations_names_tmp_tl }
+ { \seq_item:Nn \l__affiliations_tmp_affil_seq {2} }
+
+ \prop_put:Nxx \l__affiliations_orcids_prop
+ { \tl_use:N \l__affiliations_names_tmp_tl }
+ { \seq_item:Nn \l__affiliations_tmp_orcid_seq {2} }
}
\bool_if:NTF \l__affiliations_output_affiliation_bool
{
@@ -291,16 +349,52 @@
\seq_clear:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__affiliations_tmpa_prop
{
- \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ \str_case_e:nn { \l__affiliations_orcid_place_tl }
{
- \group_begin:
- \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_authors_font:
- \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}\\[0.5ex]
- \group_end:
- \group_begin:
- \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_affiliation_font:
- \tl_rescan:nn {} {##2}
- \group_end:
+ {none}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_authors_font:
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}\\[0.5ex]
+ \group_end:
+ \group_begin:
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_affiliation_font:
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##2}
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ }
+ {before}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_authors_font:
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_recover_orcid:n { ##1 }
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}\\[0.5ex]
+ \group_end:
+ \group_begin:
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_affiliation_font:
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##2}
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ }
+ {after}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_authors_font:
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_recover_orcid:n { ##1 }\\[0.5ex]
+ \group_end:
+ \group_begin:
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_output_affiliation_font:
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##2}
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ }
}
}
\seq_use:Nnnn \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
@@ -315,8 +409,30 @@
\seq_clear:N \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
\prop_map_inline:Nn \l__affiliations_tmpa_prop
{
- \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
- {\tl_rescan:nn {} {##1} }
+ \str_case_e:nn { \l__affiliations_orcid_place_tl }
+ {
+ {none}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ { \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1} }
+ }
+ {before}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_recover_orcid:n { ##1 }
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}
+ }
+ }
+ {after}
+ {
+ \seq_put_right:Nx \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
+ {
+ \tl_rescan:nn {} {##1}
+ \exp_not:N \__affiliations_recover_orcid:n { ##1 }
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
\seq_use:Nnnn \l__affiliations_tmpa_seq
{\l__affiliations_separator_between_two_tl}
@@ -337,6 +453,21 @@
\int_gset:Nn \g__affiliations_num_authors_int
{ \seq_count:N \l__affiliations_names_seq }
}
+\cs_new:Npn \__affiliations_recover_orcid:n #1
+ {
+ \prop_get:NnNTF \l__affiliations_orcids_prop { #1 }
+ \l__affiliations_tmpd_tl
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l__affiliations_tmpd_tl
+ % No ORCID present; no action done.
+ { }
+ {
+ \LinkToORCIDinAffiliations{\tl_use:N \l__affiliations_tmpd_tl}
+ }
+ }
+ % No database entry for author; no action done.
+ { }
+ }
%%
%%
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-basic.sty b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-basic.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 0887c74c17..0000000000
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-basic.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% File: langsci-basic.sty
-%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-16 16:47:43 UTC
-%% Purpose: This file contains essential macros and is included
-%% into langscibook.cls
-%% Language: LaTeX
-%% Licence:
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
-% The content of this file has been moved to langsci-branding.sty and langsci-optional.sty
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-gb4e.sty b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-gb4e.sty
index d5d81439d4..bead897229 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-gb4e.sty
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-gb4e.sty
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% File: langsci-gb4e.sty
%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-16 16:47:43 UTC
+%% Date: 2022-10-21
%% Purpose: This file contains an adapted version of the gb4e package
%% for typetting linguistic examples. It also includes
%% adapted versions of the cgloss and jambox packages
%% Language: LaTeX
-%% Licence:
+%% Licence: The LaTeX Project Public License, Version 1.3c
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\ProvidesPackage{langsci-gb4e}[2020/01/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{langsci-gb4e}[2022/10/21]
\usepackage{etoolbox}
@@ -17,8 +17,10 @@
\toggletrue{cgloss}
\newtoggle{jambox}
\toggletrue{jambox}
+\newtoggle{gb4eLowerPenalty}
\DeclareOption{nocgloss}{\togglefalse{cgloss}}
\DeclareOption{nojambox}{\togglefalse{jambox}}
+\DeclareOption{lowerpenalty}{\toggletrue{gb4eLowerPenalty}}
\DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{langsci-gb4e}{Unknown option ‘\CurrentOption’}}
\ProcessOptions\relax
@@ -256,10 +258,12 @@
\begin{list}{(\thexnumi)}%
{\usecounter{xnumi}\@subex{#1}{\@gblabelsep}{0em}%
\setcounter{xnumi}{\value{equation}}}%
+ \iftoggle{gb4eLowerPenalty}{\@itempenalty-1000}{}
\else%
\begin{list}{(\roman{xnumi})}%
{\usecounter{xnumi}\@subex{(iiv)}{\@gblabelsep}{\footexindent}%
\setcounter{xnumi}{\value{fnx}}}%
+ \iftoggle{gb4eLowerPenalty}{\@itempenalty-1000}{}
\fi}
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-lgr.sty b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-lgr.sty
index 25710fed5b..384987f1df 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-lgr.sty
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-lgr.sty
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% File: langsci-lgr.sty
%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-16 16:47:43 UTC
+%% Date: 2020-08-31 16:47:43 UTC
%% Purpose: This file contains shortcuts for the Leipzig Glossing
%% Rules.
%% Language: LaTeX
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-optional.sty b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-optional.sty
index 17e9f0df59..6f7ec69a22 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-optional.sty
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-optional.sty
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% File: langsci-optional.sty
%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-16 16:47:43 UTC
+%% Date: 2016-01-16 16:47:43 UTC
%% Purpose: This file contains useful, but not essential,
%% macros for books using langscibook.cls
%% Language: LaTeX
@@ -389,3 +389,6 @@
separator between final two = {~\&~}
}
}
+
+
+\newcommand{\licencebox}[2][]{\parbox{#1\textwidth}{\tiny\raggedright #2}}
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-series.def b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-series.def
index 22ce8e6137..d321d70082 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-series.def
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-series.def
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\ahl}{ahl}
\newcommand{\algad}{algad}
\newcommand{\calseries}{calseries}
\newcommand{\cam}{cam}
@@ -16,6 +17,7 @@
\newcommand{\eotms}{eotms}
\newcommand{\eotmsig}{eotmsig}
\newcommand{\eurosla}{eurosla}
+\newcommand{\ela}{ela}
\newcommand{\hpls}{hpls}
\newcommand{\loc}{loc}
\newcommand{\lv}{lv} %Language Variation
@@ -23,6 +25,7 @@
\newcommand{\nc}{nc} %Niger Congo
\newcommand{\ogs}{ogs} %Open Generative Syntax
\newcommand{\ogl}{ogl} % Open Germanic Linguistics
+\newcommand{\orl}{orl} %Open Romance Linguistics
\newcommand{\osl}{osl} %Open Slavic Linguistics
\newcommand{\pmwe}{pmwe} %Phraseology and Multi-Word Expressions
\newcommand{\rcg}{rcg} %
@@ -39,6 +42,28 @@
\newcommand{\lsSeriesFontColor}{white}
\AtBeginDocument{
+\ifx\lsSeries\ahl
+ \newcommand{\lsSeriesTitle}{Advances in Historical Linguistics}
+ \newcommand{\lsSeriesColor}{lsRed}
+% \renewcommand{\lsISSN}{}
+ \renewcommand{\lsSeriesText}{
+ Editors:
+ Klaus Grübl (Leipzig University, Germany),
+ Judith Huber (LMU Munich, Germany),
+ Simon Pickl (University of Salzburg, Austria),
+ Lea Schäfer (University of Düsseldorf, Germany),
+ Markus Schiegg (University of Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany)
+
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ In this series:
+
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item
+% \end{enumerate}
+ }
+\fi
\ifx\lsSeries\algad
\newcommand{\lsSeriesTitle}{African Language Grammars \newlineCover and Dictionaries}
\newcommand{\lsSeriesColor}{lsLightOrange}
@@ -56,8 +81,9 @@
\item Brindle, Jonathan. A dictionary and grammatical outline of Chakali.
\item Friesen, Dianne. A grammar of Moloko.
\item Ali, Mark, Scott Grimm \& Adams Bodomo. A dictionary and grammatical sketch of Dagaare.
- \end{enumerate}
\item Namyalo, Saudah, Alena Witzlack-Makarevich, Anatole Kiriggwajjo, Amos Atuhairwe, Zarina Molochieva, Ruth Gimbo Mukama \& Margaret Zellers. A dictionary and grammatical sketch of Ruruuli-Lunyala.
+ \item Gunnink, Hilde. A grammar of Fwe.
+ \end{enumerate}
}
\fi
\ifx\lsSeries\calseries %\cal is already taken as a command
@@ -108,6 +134,8 @@
\item Pinto, Jorge \& Nélia Alexandre (eds.). Multilingualism and third language acquisition: Learning and teaching trends.
\item Hakimov, Nikolay. Explaining Russian-German code-mixing: A usage-based approach.
\item Sánchez Moreano, Santiago \& Élodie Blestel. Prácticas lingüísticas heterogéneas: Nuevas perspectivas para el estudio del español en contacto con lenguas amerindias.
+ \item Migge, Bettina \& Shelome Gooden. Social and structural aspects of language contact and change.
+ \item Coler, Matt \& Andrew Nevins (eds.). Contemporary research in minoritized and diaspora languages of Europe.
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
@@ -135,6 +163,7 @@
\begin{enumerate}
\item Shim, Ji Young. OV and VO variation in code-switching.
+ \item Rodríguez González, Eva \& Rosita L. Rivera (eds.). Language assessment in multilingual settings: Innovative practices across formal and informal environments.
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
@@ -182,7 +211,7 @@
\bigskip
- In this series:
+ \textbf{In this series:}
\begin{enumerate}
\item Enfield, N. J. {Natural causes of language}.
@@ -192,6 +221,7 @@
\item Asoulin, Eran. Language and scientific explanation: Where does semantics fit in?
\item Boeckx, Cedric. Reflections on language evolution: From minimalism to pluralism.
\item Archangeli, Diana \& Douglas Pulleyblank. Emergent phonology.
+ \item Lund, Kristine, Pierluigi Basso Fossali, Audrey Mazur \& Magali Ollagnier-Beldame (eds.). Language is a complex adaptive system: Explorations and evidence.
\end{enumerate}
}
@@ -214,6 +244,8 @@
\item Jacques, Guillaume. A grammar of Japhug.
\item Grimm, Nadine. A grammar of Gyeli.
\item Maurer-Cecchini, Philippe. A grammar of Tuatschin: A Sursilvan Romansh dialect.
+ \item Visser, Eline. A grammar of Kalamang.
+ \item Caballero, Gabriela. A grammar of Choguita Rarámuri: In collaboration with Luz Elena León Ramírez, Sebastián Fuentes Holguín, Bertha Fuentes Loya and other Choguita Rarámuri language experts.
\end{enumerate}
@@ -312,7 +344,8 @@
\item Crysmann, Berthold \& Manfred Sailer (eds.). One-to-many relations in morphology, syntax, and semantics.
\item Zinova, Yulia. Russian verbal prefixation: A frame semantic analysis.
\item Müller, Stefan, Anne Abeillé, Robert D. Borsley \& Jean-Pierre Koenig. Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar: The handbook.
- \item Diewald, Gabriele \& Katja Politt (eds.). Paradigms regained: Theoretical and empirical arguments for the reassessment of the notion of paradigm.
+ \item Diewald, Gabriele \& Katja Politt (eds.). Paradigms regained: Theoretical and empirical arguments for the reassessment of the notion of paradigm.
+ \item Freywald, Ulrike, Horst J. Simon \& Stefan Müller (eds.). Headedness and/or grammatical anarchy?
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
@@ -330,7 +363,7 @@
\bigskip
- Editor:
+ Editor:
Amanda Edmonds, Université Côte d'Azur\smallskip\\
Associate editors:\\
Gabriele Pallotti, University of Modena and Reggio Emilia\\
@@ -346,9 +379,37 @@
\item Bardel, Camilla \& Laura Sánchez (eds.). Third language acquisition: Age, proficiency and multilingualism.
\item Edmonds, Amanda, Pascale Leclercq \& Aarnes Gudmestad (eds.), Interpreting language-learning data.
\item Berthele, Raphael \& Isabelle Udry (eds.). Individual differences in early instructed language learning: The role of language aptitude, cognition, and motivation.
+ \item McManus, Kevin \& Monika S. Schmid (eds.). How special are early birds? Foreign language teaching and learning.
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
+\ifx\lsSeries\ela
+ \newcommand{\elatitle}{Estudios de Lingüística Amerindia}
+ \newcommand{\elaeditor}{Editores:}
+ \newcommand{\elainthisseries}{En esta serie:}
+ \newcommand{\lsSeriesTitle}{\elatitle}
+ \newcommand{\lsSeriesColor}{lsMidDarkBlue}
+
+ \renewcommand{\lsSeriesText}{
+ {\large \elatitle}
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ \elaeditor
+
+ Carolina González. Florida State University\\
+ Siri Tuttle. Navajo Technical University in New Mexico\\
+ Thiago Chacon. University of Brasilia\\
+ Heriberto Avelino. National Institute for Anthropology and History\\
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ \elainthisseries
+
+ %\begin{enumerate}
+ %\end{enumerate}
+ }
+\fi
\ifx\lsSeries\hpls
\newcommand{\lsSeriesTitle}{History and Philosophy of the Language Sciences}
\newcommand{\lsSeriesColor}{black}
@@ -372,8 +433,10 @@
\item Van Rooy, Raf. Greece’s labyrinth of language: A study in the early modern discovery of dialect diversity.
\item Aussant, Émilie \& Jean-Michel Fortis. Historical journey in a linguistic archipelago: Case studies on concepts, fields, and commitments.
\item McElvenny, James \& Ploder, Andrea. Holisms of communication: The early history of audio-visual sequence analysis.
+ \item Anderson, Stephen R. Phonology in the Twentieth Century: Second edition, revised and expanded.
\end{enumerate}
- \item Anderson, Stephen R. Phonology in the Twentieth Century : Second edition, revised and expanded.
+ \item McElvenny, James. Interviews in the history of linguistics: Volume I.
+
}
\fi
@@ -426,6 +489,7 @@
\item Dellert, Johannes. Information-theoretic causal inference of lexical flow.
\item Zimmer, Christian (ed.). German(ic) in language contact: Grammatical and sociolinguistic dynamics.
\item Tahmasebi, Nina, Lars Borin, Adam Jatowt, Yang Xu and Simon Hengchen (eds.). Computational approaches to semantic change.
+ \item Paulsen, Ingrid. The emergence of American English as a discursive variety: Tracing enregisterment processes in nineteenth-century U.S. newspapers.
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
@@ -487,7 +551,7 @@
\ifx\lsSeries\ogl
\newcommand{\lsSeriesTitle}{Open Germanic Linguistics}
\newcommand{\lsSeriesColor}{lsMidDarkBlue}
- \renewcommand{\lsISSNelectronic}{ISSN 2750-557X} %online
+ \renewcommand{\lsISSNelectronic}{2750-557X} %online
\renewcommand{\lsISSNprint}{2750-5588} %Print
\renewcommand{\lsSeriesText}{
{\large Open Germanic Linguistics
@@ -505,6 +569,8 @@
\begin{enumerate}
\item Lemke, Robin. Experimental investigations on the syntax and usage of fragments.
+ \item Larsson, Ida \& Erik Petzell (eds.). Morphosyntactic change in Late Modern Swedish.
+ \item Hall, Tracy Alan. Velar fronting in German dialects: A study in synchronic and diachronic phonology.
\end{enumerate}
}
}
@@ -545,6 +611,32 @@
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
+\ifx\lsSeries\orl
+ \newcommand{\lsSeriesTitle}{Open Romance Linguistics}
+ \newcommand{\lsSeriesColor}{lsDarkWine}
+ \renewcommand{\lsISSNelectronic}{2940-1100} % Online
+ \renewcommand{\lsISSNprint}{2940-1097}% (Print)
+ \renewcommand{\lsSeriesText}{
+ {\large Open Romance Linguistics}
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ \textbf{Editors:} \\
+ Lorenzo Filipponio (HU Berlin)\\
+ Richard Waltereit (HU Berlin)\\
+ Esme Winter-Froemel (Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg)\\
+ Anne C. Wolfsgruber (HU Berlin)\\
+
+ \bigskip
+
+ \textbf{In this series:}
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Kocher, Anna. Complementizers on edge: On the boundaries between syntax and pragmatics in Ibero-Romance.
+ \item Bullock, Barbara E. Cinzia Russi \& Almeida Jacqueline Toribio (eds.). A half century of Romance linguistics: Selected proceedings of the 50th Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ }
+\fi
\ifx\lsSeries\osl
\newcommand{\lsSeriesTitle}{Open Slavic Linguistics}
\newcommand{\lsSeriesColor}{lsMidGreen}
@@ -623,6 +715,7 @@
\begin{enumerate}
\item Bahrt, Nicklas N. Voice syncretism.
+ \item Veselinova, Ljuba \& Arja Hamari (eds.). The Negative Existential Cycle.
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
@@ -699,9 +792,9 @@
\item Edwards, Owen. Metathesis and unmetathesis in Amarasi.
\item Bergqvist, Henrik \& Seppo Kittilä (eds). Evidentiality, egophoricity, and engagement.
\item Floyd, Simeon, Giovanni Rossi \& N. J. Enfield (eds.). Getting others to do things: A pragmatic typology of recruitments.
+ \item Hölzl, Andreas \& Thomas E. Payne. Tungusic languages: Past and present.
\item Enke, Dankmar W., Larry M. Hyman, Johanna Nichols, Guido Seiler \& Thilo Weber (eds.). Language change for the worse.
}
-
}
\fi
\ifx\lsSeries\silp
@@ -737,6 +830,7 @@
\item Ben Hedia, Sonia. Gemination and degemination in English affixation: Investigating the interplay between morphology, phonology and phonetics.
\item Easterday, Shelece. Highly complex syllable structure: A typological and diachronic study.
\item Roessig, Simon. Categoriality and continuity in prosodic prominence.
+ \item Schmitz, Dominic. Production, perception, and comprehension of subphonemic detail: Word-Final /s/ in English.
\end{enumerate}
}
@@ -750,7 +844,7 @@
\bigskip
- Editors: Stefan Müller, Martin Haspelmath\\
+ Editors: Stefan Müller, Antonio Machicao y Priemer\\
Editorial Board: Claude Hagège, Marianne Mithun, Anatol Stefanowitsch, Foong Ha Yap
\bigskip
@@ -766,6 +860,9 @@
\item Ferreira, Marcelo. Curso de semântica formal.
\item Stefanowitsch, Anatol. Corpus linguistics: A guide to the methodology.
\item Müller, Stefan. {\tblseight}.
+ \item Hejná, Míša \& George Walkden. A history of English.
+ \item Kahane, Sylvain \& Kim Gerdes. Syntaxe théorique et formelle. Vol. 1: Modélisation, unités, structures.
+ \item Freitas, Maria João, Marisa Lousada \& Dina Caetano Alves (eds.). Linguística clínica: Modelos, avaliação e intervenção.
\end{enumerate}
}
\fi
@@ -834,6 +931,11 @@
\item Tra\&Co Group (ed.). Translation, interpreting, cognition: The way out of the box.
\item Nitzke, Jean \& Silvia Hansen-Schirra. A short guide to post-editing.
\item Hoberg, Felix. Informationsintegration in mehrsprachigen Textchats: Der Skype Translator im Sprachenpaar Katalanisch-Deutsch.
+ \item Kenny, Dorothy (ed.). Machine translation for everyone: Empowering users in the age of artificial intelligence.
+ \item Kajzer-Wietrzny, Marta, Adriano Ferraresi, Ilmari Ivaska \& Silvia Bernardini. Mediated discourse at the European Parliament: Empirical investigations.
+ \item Marzouk, Shaimaa. Sprachkontrolle im Spiegel der Maschinellen Übersetzung: Untersuchung zur Wechselwirkung ausgewählter Regeln der Kontrollierten Sprache mit verschiedenen Ansätzen der Maschinellen Übersetzung.
+ \item Frittella, Francesca Maria. Usability research for interpreter-centred technology: The case study of SmarTerp.
+ \item Prandi, Bianca. Computer-assisted simultaneous interpreting: A cognitive-experimental study on terminology.
}
}
\fi
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-tbls.sty b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-tbls.sty
index 6b2c2c04bd..12be79a600 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-tbls.sty
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-tbls.sty
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-\ProvidesPackage{langsci-tbls}[2021/01/06 langsci-tbls]
+\ProvidesPackage{langsci-tbls}[2023/01/06 langsci-tbls]
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
\newbool{langsci@tbls@tcolorbox}
@@ -42,7 +42,17 @@
left = 0mm,
right = 0mm,
borderline horizontal = {#2}{0pt}{#3},
- beforeafter skip balanced = \baselineskip
+ beforeafter skip balanced = \baselineskip,
+ subtitle style =
+ {
+ top = 3.25ex,
+ boxrule = 0pt,
+ colback = white,
+ enhanced,
+ interior hidden,
+ frame hidden,
+ fontupper = \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries\large
+ }
}
\DeclareTColorBox{tblsfilled}{m O{black!12}}
{
@@ -56,7 +66,17 @@
right = 5mm,
frame engine = path,
frame style = {fill=#2},
- sharp corners = all
+ sharp corners = all,
+ subtitle style =
+ {
+ top = 3.25ex,
+ boxrule = 0pt,
+ colback = #2,
+ enhanced,
+ interior hidden,
+ frame hidden,
+ fontupper = \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries\large
+ }
}
\DeclareTColorBox{tblsframed}{m O{0.8mm} O{\lsSeriesColor}}
{
@@ -69,7 +89,17 @@
left = 5mm,
right = 5mm,
borderline = {#2}{0pt}{#3},
- beforeafter skip balanced = \baselineskip
+ beforeafter skip balanced = \baselineskip,
+ subtitle style =
+ {
+ top = 3.25ex,
+ boxrule = 0pt,
+ colback = white,
+ enhanced,
+ interior hidden,
+ frame hidden,
+ fontupper = \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries\large
+ }
}
\DeclareTColorBox{tblsfilledsymbol}{m O{black!12} m}
{
@@ -99,7 +129,17 @@
line width = 0.8mm
] at (frame.north west)
{{\color{#2}\includegraphics[width=10mm]{tbls-#3.pdf}}};
- }
+ },
+ subtitle style =
+ {
+ top = 3.25ex,
+ boxrule = 0pt,
+ colback = #2,
+ enhanced,
+ interior hidden,
+ frame hidden,
+ fontupper = \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries\large
+ }
}
\DeclareTColorBox{tblsframedsymbol}{m O{\lsSeriesColor} O{0.8mm} m}
{
@@ -127,7 +167,17 @@
line width = #3
] at (frame.north west)
{{\color{#2}\includegraphics[width=10mm]{tbls-#4.pdf}}};
- }
+ },
+ subtitle style =
+ {
+ top = 3.25ex,
+ boxrule = 0pt,
+ colback = white,
+ enhanced,
+ interior hidden,
+ frame hidden,
+ fontupper = \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries\large
+ }
}
}
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.bbx b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.bbx
index 6872c4fe03..f406db38c5 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.bbx
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.bbx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% File: langscibook.cls
%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-16 13:12 UTC
+%% Date: 2019-03-06 13:12 UTC
%% Purpose: An implementation of the Unified Style Sheet for Linguistics bibliographies (https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/unified-style-sheet)
%% This work is based on the styles provided by Semantics \& Pragmatics
%% Language: LaTeX
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.cbx b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.cbx
index d0a0097752..7563a8feaf 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.cbx
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.cbx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% File: langscibook.cls
%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-16 13:12 UTC
+%% Date: 2019-03-06 13:12 UTC
%% Purpose: An implementation of the Unified Style Sheet for Linguistics bibliographies (https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/unified-style-sheet).
%% This work is based on the styles provided by Semantics \& Pragmatics
%% Language: LaTeX
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.dbx b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.dbx
index 4af639c1e5..e218879e75 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.dbx
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langsci-unified.dbx
@@ -1,6 +1,2 @@
-\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=name]
- {%
- indexauthor,
- indexeditor
- }
+\DeclareDatamodelFields[type=list, datatype=name]{indexauthor,indexeditor}
\DeclareDatamodelEntryfields{indexauthor,indexeditor}
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langscibook.cls b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langscibook.cls
index c9f356d2d4..2451286e33 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langscibook.cls
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/langsci/langscibook.cls
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%% File: langscibook.cls
%% Author: Language Science Press (http://langsci-press.org)
-%% Date: 2022-02-08 14:00 CET
+%% Date: 2023-02-08 14:00 CET
%% Purpose: This file defines the basic document class
%% for books published with Language Science Press.
%% Language: LaTeX
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
% \- Miscellaneous
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesClass{langscibook}[2022/02/08 Language Science Press]
+\ProvidesClass{langscibook}[2023/02/08 Language Science Press]
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Early load packages
@@ -151,6 +151,8 @@
\newbool{lsISBNTwoDigitAddon}
\newbool{lsFloatCounterWithoutChapter}
\booltrue{lsFloatCounterWithoutChapter}
+\newbool{lsImportPackagesWhenStandalone}
+\newbool{infn}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Option handling
@@ -249,13 +251,16 @@
}
}
+
\DeclareVoidOption{arabicfont}
{
- \newfontfamily\arabicfont[Script=Arabic,ItalicFont=*,Scale=1.4]{arabtype.ttf}
-% \newcommand{\textarabic}[1]{{\arabicfont #1}}
+ \AtEndPreamble{
+ \newfontfamily\arabicfont[Script=Arabic,ItalicFont=*,Scale=1.4]{ScheherazadeRegOT_Jazm.ttf}
\AdditionalFontImprint{Arabtype}
+ \usepackage{langsci-bidi}
+% \newcommand{\textarab}[1]{\RL{\arabicfont #1}} %has to be moved to localcommands
}
-
+}
\DeclareVoidOption{hebrewfont}
{
\newfontfamily\hebrewfont[Script=Hebrew,ItalicFont=*, Scale=0.9]{SBLHebrew.ttf}
@@ -271,6 +276,7 @@
}
\DeclareVoidOption{tblseight}{\booltrue{tblseight}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{infn}{\booltrue{infn}}
\ProcessKeyvalOptions*
@@ -308,7 +314,9 @@
fontsize=\lsFontsize,% default is 11pt
footnotes=multiple,
numbers=noenddot,% no point after last number of chapters/sections
- toc=bibliography,
+ \notbool{collection}{
+ toc=bib, % make bibliography appear in toc
+ }{}
index=totoc,
headings=optiontohead,
footnotes=multiple
@@ -322,6 +330,7 @@
\ifbool{paper}
{% The same is applied to papers.
\KOMAoptions{chapterprefix=true}
+ \booltrue{lsImportPackagesWhenStandalone}
}
{}
}
@@ -499,6 +508,7 @@
%we define a command to better encapsulate the logic
\newcommand{\setuptitle}{%
\renewcommand{\maketitle}{%first we treat covers to get them out of the way
+
\ifbool{coverBODhc}{%
\bodHCcover
\end{document}
@@ -539,7 +549,6 @@
\null\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}
}
\end{titlepage}
- % \fi
}{} %end book
\ifbool{guidelines}{%
@@ -551,8 +560,6 @@
\end{titlepage}
}{} %end guidelines
- % \null\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}
- \hypersetup{colorlinks=false, citecolor=brown, pdfborder={0 0 0}} % for hyperref
\color{black}
\lsInsideFont
@@ -611,6 +618,10 @@
\let\eachwordone=\itshape
\fi
+ \ifx\lsSeries\rcg
+ \let\eachwordone=\itshape
+ \fi
+
\ifx\lsSeries\eotms
\renewcommand{\sectref}[1]{Section~\ref{#1}}
\fi
@@ -897,6 +908,9 @@
% }
\input{langsci-series.def}
+\ifbool{guidelines}
+ {\let\lsSeries\guidelines}
+ {}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Cover
@@ -911,7 +925,7 @@
{%
\int_compare:nNnTF
{\g__affiliations_num_authors_int} > {1}
- {\booltrue{multiauthors}} {\boolfalse{multiauthors}}
+ {\booltrue{multiauthors}} {}
}
\ExplSyntaxOff
@@ -1260,7 +1274,7 @@ ISBN: &
Cover and concept of design:
Ulrike Harbort \\
\if\@translator\empty\else
-Translator:
+Translation:
\@translator \\
\fi
\if\@typesetter\empty\else
@@ -1538,10 +1552,7 @@ Storage and cataloguing done by \storageinstitution\\[3ex]
autolang=hyphen,
\ifbool{resetcapitals}{language=english,}{}
backend=\lsBiblatexBackend,
- indexing=cite,
- \notbool{collection}{
- toc=bib, % make bibliography appear in toc
- }{}
+ indexing=cite
]{biblatex}
%% DOIs are handled after hyperref.
@@ -1625,19 +1636,16 @@ Storage and cataloguing done by \storageinstitution\\[3ex]
% For papers that have appendices, a replacement for \appendix.
% Usage: \begin{paperappendix} \section{Title} ... \end{paperappendix}
-\newenvironment{paperappendix}{%
- \newcommand*{\appendixmore}{%
- \renewcommand*\thesection{\Alph{section}}
- \renewcommand*{\sectionformat}{%
- \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}%
- \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{%
- \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}}
- \appendix
-}{}
+\newenvironment{paperappendix}
+ {%
+ \let\section\appendixsection
+ \let\subsection\appendixsubsection
+ }
+ {}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Indexes
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\usepackage{index} %% Wie im Stylefile, aber ohne \MakeUppercase
\renewenvironment{theindex}{%
@@ -1683,15 +1691,25 @@ Storage and cataloguing done by \storageinstitution\\[3ex]
\indexproofstyle{\setlength{\overfullrule}{0pt}\raggedright\footnotesize}
%% \index inside footnote
-\def\infn#1#2{% \hyperpage{#2}n#1% 99n2
-% \hyperpage{#2}*% 99*
- \hyperpage{#2}\textsuperscript{#1}% 99²
-}%
-\newcommand{\footnoteindex}[2]{\index{#2|infn{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\footnoteindex@sbj}[2]{\index[sbj]{#2|infn{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\footnoteindex@lan}[2]{\index[lan]{#2|infn{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\footnoteindex@wrd}[2]{\index[wrd]{#2|infn{#1}}}
-
+\ifbool{infn}{
+ \def\infn#1#2{% \hyperpage{#2}n#1% 99n2
+ % \hyperpage{#2}*% 99*
+ \hyperpage{#2}\textsuperscript{#1}% 99²
+ }%
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex}[2]{\index{#2|infn{#1}}}
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex@sbj}[2]{\index[sbj]{#2|infn{#1}}}
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex@lan}[2]{\index[lan]{#2|infn{#1}}}
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex@wrd}[2]{\index[wrd]{#2|infn{#1}}}
+}{%else
+ \def\infn#1#2{% \hyperpage{#2}n#1% 99n2
+ % \hyperpage{#2}*% 99*
+ \hyperpage{#2}\textsuperscript{#1}% 99²
+ }%
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex}[2]{\index{#2}}
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex@sbj}[2]{\index[sbj]{#2}}
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex@lan}[2]{\index[lan]{#2}}
+ \newcommand{\footnoteindex@wrd}[2]{\index[wrd]{#2}}
+}
% Author index
\newcommand{\ia}[1]{%
@@ -1763,9 +1781,9 @@ Storage and cataloguing done by \storageinstitution\\[3ex]
\newcommand{\name}[3][]{%add person names to text and author index
#2 %output first name
\ifstrempty{#1}{%if no optional argument present
-\ia{#3, #2@#3, #2}%add lastname, firstname to index
+\ia{#3, #2}%add lastname, firstname to index
}{%if optional argument present
-\ia{#1@#1}% add optional argument to index
+\ia{#1}% add optional argument to index
}%
#3}%output last name in text
@@ -1774,16 +1792,17 @@ Storage and cataloguing done by \storageinstitution\\[3ex]
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
\usepackage[
- bookmarks=true,bookmarksopen=true,bookmarksopenlevel=1,%
+ bookmarks=true,bookmarksopen=true,bookmarksopenlevel=1,
bookmarksdepth=5,
bookmarksnumbered=true,
- hyperindex=true,%
+ hyperindex=true,
breaklinks=true,
draft=false,
plainpages=false,
- pdfusetitle=true, % puts author and title in automatically, maybe only in final mode?
+ pdfborder={0 0 0},
+ pdfusetitle=true,
pdfkeywords={},
- pdfpagelayout=TwoPageRight, % first page is separate
+ pdfpagelayout=TwoPageRight,% first page is separate
hyperfootnotes=false,
%ps2pdf=true
]{hyperref}
@@ -1793,6 +1812,17 @@ Storage and cataloguing done by \storageinstitution\\[3ex]
%% http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/66722/tex-live-2012-xelatex-moderncv-error-failed-to-convert-input-string-to-utf1
\hypersetup{unicode,pdfencoding=auto,bookmarksopenlevel=0}
+%% Reset sections in the Backmatter to the top level.
+\usepackage{bookmark}
+\apptocmd{\backmatter}
+ {\bookmarksetup{startatroot}}
+ {}
+ {%
+ \AtEndDocument{\typeout{langscibook Warning:}
+ \typeout{It was not possible to set option 'staratroot'}
+ \typeout{for bookmarks in the backmatter.}}
+ }
+
%% autoref (part of hyperref)
\ifx\lsBookLanguage\lsBookLanguageEnglish
\renewcommand{\partautorefname}{Part}%
@@ -2001,6 +2031,18 @@ Storage and cataloguing done by \storageinstitution\\[3ex]
}{} %end paper
+% A command that imports the files localpackages.tex, but only if output==paper
+\NewDocumentCommand{\lsConditionalSetupForPaper}{O{localbibliography.bib}}
+ {%
+ \ifbool{lsImportPackagesWhenStandalone}
+ {\input{localpackages.tex}
+ \input{localhyphenation.tex}
+ \input{localcommands.tex}
+ \addbibresource{#1}}
+ {}
+ }
+
+
%writeout page numbers for separation of chapters
% \usepackage{newfile}
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.dtx b/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.dtx
index 8fed30fec7..5a4f33c888 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.dtx
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.dtx
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
% \iffalse
%<*driver>
\ProvidesFile{xduts.dtx}
-[2023/02/09 v4.4.5.0 Xidian University TeX Suite]
+[2023/02/11 v4.4.5.3 Xidian University TeX Suite]
%</driver>
%<class|sty>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
%<class|sty>\RequirePackage{expl3}
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
%<xduugtp>\ProvidesExplClass{xduugtp}
%<xdupgthesis>\ProvidesExplClass{xdupgthesis}
%<xduugthesis>\ProvidesExplClass{xduugthesis}
-%<class|sty> {2023/02/09}{4.4.5.0}
+%<class|sty> {2023/02/11}{4.4.5.3}
%<xdufont> {Xidian University Font package}
%<xduugtp> {Xidian University Undergraduate Thesis Proposal class}
%<xdupgthesis> {Xidian University Postgraduate Thesis document class}
@@ -43,9 +43,6 @@
}
\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}
\ctexset{punct=quanjiao}
-\usepackage{xurl}
-\usepackage{xspace}
-\xspaceaddexceptions{。?!,、;:“”‘’—….--~·《》<>_}
\usepackage{pifont}
\newcommand{\cmark}{\ding{51}}
\usepackage{subcaption}
@@ -57,48 +54,48 @@
\DefTblrTemplate{caption-sep}{default}{\quad}
\DefTblrTemplate{conthead-text}{default}{\textbf{(续表)}}
\DefTblrTemplate{contfoot-text}{default}{\textbf{接下页}}
+\changes{v4.4.5.1}{2023/02/11}{移除文档对xspace的依赖}
% 交叉引用
-\newcommand{\secrefx}[1]{第\xspace\ref{#1}\xspace 节}
-\newcommand{\tabrefx}[1]{\tablename\xspace\ref{#1}\xspace}
-\newcommand{\figrefx}[1]{\figurename\xspace\ref{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\secrefx}{m}{第\space\ref{#1}\space{}节}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\tabrefx}{O{}mO{\space}}{#1\tablename\space\ref{#2}#3}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\figrefx}{O{}mO{\space}}{#1\figurename\space\ref{#2}#3}
% 文档类选项
-\newcommand{\optx}[1]{\xspace{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#1}}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\optx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#2}}#3}
% \name LaTeX3控制序列
-\newcommand{\csx}[1]{\xspace\cs{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\csx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\cs{#2}#3}
% \name 传统LaTeX2e命令
-\newcommand{\tnx}[1]{\xspace\tn{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\tnx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\tn{#2}#3}
% <name> LaTeX3键值
-\newcommand{\metax}[1]{\xspace\meta{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\metax}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\meta{#2}#3}
% LaTeX3键值对
\newcommand{\breakablethinspace}{\hskip 0.16667em\relax}
-\newcommand{\kvoptx}[2]{\xspace\texttt{#1\breakablethinspace=\breakablethinspace#2}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\kvoptx}{O{\space}mmO{\space}}{#1\texttt{#2\breakablethinspace=\breakablethinspace#3}#4}
% {<name>} LaTeX2e参数
-\newcommand{\argx}[1]{\xspace\Arg{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\margx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\marg{#2}#3}
% [<name>] LaTeX2e可选参数
-\newcommand{\oargx}[1]{\xspace\Arg{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\oargx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\oarg{#2}#3}
% 文件
\usepackage{seqsplit}
-\newcommand{\filex}[1]{\xspace{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#1}}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\filex}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#2}}#3}
% 环境
-\newcommand{\envx}[1]{\xspace\env{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\envx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\env{#2}#3}
% 宏包
-\newcommand{\pkgx}[1]{\xspace\pkg{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\pkgx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\pkg{#2}#3}
% 文档类
-\newcommand{\clsx}[1]{\xspace\cls{#1}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\clsx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\cls{#2}#3}
% 值
-\newcommand{\valuex}[1]{\xspace{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#1}}\xspace}
-% 命令
-\newcommand{\cmdx}[1]{\xspace{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#1}}\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\valuex}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#2}}#3}
+% 程序
+\NewDocumentCommand{\cmdx}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1{\ttfamily\seqsplit{#2}}#3}
% 链接
-\newcommand{\footurl}[1]{\footnote{\url{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\ctanurl}[1]{\href{https://mirrors.cloud.tencent.com/CTAN/#1}{\ttfamily CTAN://#1}}
-\newcommand{\footctan}[1]{\footnote{\ctanurl{#1}}}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\footurl}{m}{\footnote{\url{#1}}}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\footctan}{m}{\footnote{\href{https://mirrors.cloud.tencent.com/CTAN/#1}{\ttfamily CTAN://#1}}}
% logo
\changes{v4.1.1.1}{2023/01/21}{修正LOGO字形高度}
\newfontfamily{\ffmfamily}[Scale=MatchUppercase]{ffmb10.otf}
-\newcommand{\xduts}{{\ffmfamily XDUTS}}
-\newcommand{\bibtex}{\xspace\hologo{BibTeX}\xspace}
-\newcommand{\biblatex}{\xspace Bib\LaTeX\xspace}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\xduts}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1{\ffmfamily XDUTS}#3}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\bibtex}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1\hologo{BibTeX}#3}
+\NewDocumentCommand{\biblatex}{O{\space}mO{\space}}{#1 Bib\LaTeX #3}
% arguments list
\setlist[arguments]{label=\texttt{\#\arabic*}\,:}
% 浮动体默认设置
@@ -150,7 +147,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
\usepackage[firstpageonly=true]{draftwatermark}
\DraftwatermarkOptions{angle=45,fontsize=40pt,color={gray9!25}}
\ExplSyntaxOn
-\SetWatermarkText{\prg_replicate:nn{18}{\prg_replicate:nn{6}{\xduts{}~}\xduts\\[30pt]}}
+\SetWatermarkText{\prg_replicate:nn{18}{\prg_replicate:nn{6}{\xduts[]{}[]~}\xduts[]{}[]\\[30pt]}}
\ExplSyntaxOff
\begin{document}
\changes{v2.18.1.1}{2022/12/01}{隐藏源码、版本和索引}
@@ -163,13 +160,14 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
%</driver>
% \fi
% \GetFileInfo{\jobname.dtx}
-% \title{\bfseries\xduts{}手册}
+% \title{\bfseries\xduts[]{}手册}
+% \hypersetup{pdftitle=XDUTS手册}
% \author{\href{https://github.com/note286/}{note286}}
% \date{\href{https://github.com/note286/xduts/releases/tag/\fileversion/}{\fileversion}~(\filedate)}
% \maketitle
% \thispagestyle{empty}
% \begin{abstract}
-% \xduts{}是面向西安电子科技大学本科生/研究生的\LaTeXiii{}文档类和宏包套装,
+% \xduts[]{}是面向西安电子科技大学本科生/研究生的\LaTeXiii{}宏包和文档类套装,
% 仅支持\XeLaTeX{},
% 仅支持\TeXLive{}、Mac\TeX{}、\MiKTeX{},
% 支持Windows、macOS、GNU/Linux、Overleaf和TeXPage。
@@ -178,11 +176,11 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{abstract}
% 在使用\xduts{}时,默认您同意以下内容:
% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item \xduts{}作者不对使用\xduts{}产生的格式审查问题负责。
-% \item \xduts{}的发布遵守
+% \item \xduts[]{}作者不对使用\xduts{}产生的格式审查问题负责。
+% \item \xduts[]{}的发布遵守
% \LaTeX{} Project Public License\footurl{https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt},
% 使用前请认真阅读协议内容。
-% \item 任何个人或组织以\xduts{}为基础进行修改、扩展而生成的新的\LaTeX{}文档类/宏包,
+% \item 任何个人或组织以\xduts{}为基础进行修改或扩展生成新的\LaTeX{}宏包/文档类,
% 请严格遵守\LaTeX{} Project Public License,
% 由于违犯协议而引起的任何纠纷争端均与\xduts{}作者无关。
% \end{enumerate}
@@ -195,20 +193,21 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \@starttoc{toc}
% \makeatother
% \clearpage
+% \changes{v4.4.5.2}{2023/02/11}{调整文档介绍顺序}
% \changes{v2.14.1.3}{2022/11/23}{修改文档措辞}
% \section{介绍}
-% \xduts{} (Xidian University \TeX{} Suite)
+% \xduts[]{}(Xidian University \TeX{} Suite)
% 是为了帮助西安电子科技大学本科生/研究生撰写开题报告/学位论文及其他文档
-% 而编写的\LaTeXiii{}文档类和宏包套装,目前有:
+% 而编写的\LaTeXiii{}宏包和文档类套装,目前有:
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \pkgx{xdufont.sty},中/英/数学字体配置宏包。
-% \item \clsx{xduugtp.cls},本科生毕业设计论文开题报告文档类。
-% \item \clsx{xdupgthesis.cls},研究生学位论文文档类。
-% \item \clsx{xduugthesis.cls},本科生毕业设计论文文档类。
+% \item \pkgx[]{xdufont.sty}[],中/英/数学字体配置宏包。
+% \item \clsx[]{xduugtp.cls}[],本科生毕业设计论文开题报告文档类。
+% \item \clsx[]{xduugthesis.cls}[],本科生毕业设计论文文档类。
+% \item \clsx[]{xdupgthesis.cls}[],研究生学位论文文档类。
% \end{itemize}
% 即将支持:
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \clsx{xdupgtp.cls},研究生学位论文开题报告文档类。
+% \item \clsx[]{xdupgtp.cls}[],研究生学位论文开题报告文档类。
% \end{itemize}
% \par
% \changes{v1.2.0.1}{2022/04/19}{增加GitHub Discussions}
@@ -224,24 +223,23 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% 《一份(不太)简短的\LaTeXe{}介绍》\footctan{info/lshort/chinese/lshort-zh-cn.pdf}
% 中提及的内容本文档将不再赘述。
% 此外,在\secrefx{使用建议}中给出了部分使用建议。
-% \xduts{}中的所有文档类和宏包仅内置了实现功能所需的宏包,
-% 对于常用的宏包如\pkgx{subcaption}、\pkgx{algpseudocodex}、
-% \pkgx{amsmath}、\pkgx{amsthm}和\pkgx{siunitx}等\textbf{均未内置},
-% 用户可以参考\secrefx{兼容性说明}后,视需求自行加载。
+% \xduts[]{}中的所有宏包和文档类仅内置了实现功能所需的宏包,
+% 对于常用的宏包如\pkgx{subcaption}[]、\pkgx[]{algpseudocodex}[]、^^A
+% \pkgx[]{amsmath}[]、\pkgx[]{amsthm}和\pkgx{siunitx}等\textbf{均未内置},
+% 用户可以参考\secrefx{兼容性说明}视需求自行加载。
% 相应格式规范均已实现,用户仅需要撰写文章内容即可,请勿随意添加格式修改命令。
% \changes{v1.1.2.1}{2022/04/15}{增加默认值说明}
% \textbf{部分样式的默认值并不严格符合学校规范},
% 用户可以结合学校规范并参考\secrefx{功能说明}功能说明自行修改。
% \par
-% 请在最新版\LaTeX{}环境中使用最新版\xduts{},
-% 认真阅读相应文档类/宏包使用说明章节后即可使用\xduts{}。
-% \subsection{\pkgx{xdufont}宏包}
-% \pkgx{xdufont}宏包基于\pkgx{xeCJK}宏包和\pkgx{unicode-math}宏包,
+% 请在最新版\LaTeX{}环境中使用最新版\xduts{}[],
+% 认真阅读相应宏包/文档类使用说明章节后即可使用\xduts{}[]。
+% \subsection{\pkgx[]{xdufont}宏包}
+% \pkgx[]{xdufont}宏包基于\pkgx{xeCJK}宏包和\pkgx{unicode-math}宏包,
% 在中文字体配置方面相较于\pkgx{ctex}宏包的主要优势为默认支持宋体粗体、斜体,
% 内置多种字体配置,可任意搭配中/英/数学字体,更加符合校内各种文档的撰写要求。
% \par
-% \secrefx{编译}介绍了如何编译,\secrefx{参数设置}介绍了如何自定义配置,具体的配置选项见\secrefx{字体选项}。
-% \pkgx{xdufont}宏包可以搭配任意文档类进行使用,例如:
+% \pkgx[]{xdufont}宏包可以搭配任意文档类进行使用,例如:
% \begin{lstlisting}
% \documentclass{article}
% \usepackage{xdufont}
@@ -252,11 +250,13 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{document}
% \end{lstlisting}
% \par
+% \secrefx{编译}介绍了如何编译,\secrefx{参数设置}介绍了如何自定义配置,具体的配置选项见\secrefx{字体选项}。
+% \par
% 学会以上用法后即可使用\pkgx{xdufont}宏包。
-% \subsection{\pkgx{xduugtp}文档类}
-% \pkgx{xduugtp}文档类基于\clsx{ctexart}文档类,
+% \subsection{\clsx[]{xduugtp}文档类}
+% \clsx[]{xduugtp}文档类基于\clsx{ctexart}文档类,
% 提供多种字体配置,信息录入便捷。
-% 请在阅读《西安电子科技大学本科毕设设计(论文)开题报告》后再使用\pkgx{xduugtp}文档类。
+% 请在阅读《西安电子科技大学本科毕设设计(论文)开题报告》后再使用\clsx{xduugtp}文档类。
% \par
% 使用\clsx{xduugtp}文档类的最小示例如下所示:
% \begin{lstlisting}
@@ -282,19 +282,15 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% 支持的信息录入选项见\secrefx{信息录入}。
% \par
% 学会以上用法后即可使用\clsx{xduugtp}文档类。
-% \changes{v1.4.0.0}{2022/04/26}{新增研究生学位论文}
-% \changes{v1.30.0.2}{2022/06/20}{研究生学位论文文档}
-% \changes{v2.2.1.1}{2022/06/23}{移除研究生学位论文中关于章节配置的文档}
-% \subsection{\pkgx{xdupgthesis}文档类}
-% \pkgx{xdupgthesis}文档类基于\clsx{ctexbook}文档类,
+% \subsection{\clsx[]{xduugthesis}文档类}
+% \clsx[]{xduugthesis}文档类基于\clsx{ctexbook}文档类,
% 提供多种字体配置,部分样式可自定义,信息录入便捷。
-% 请在阅读《西安电子科技大学研究生学位论文模板(2015年修订版)-2019.03修订》后再使用\pkgx{xdupgthesis}文档类。
-% 专业学位硕士请额外阅读《西安电子科技大学专业学位硕士学位论文封面及中英文题名页模板(2015年版)-2019.03修订》,
-% 撰写英文学位论文请额外阅读《西安电子科技大学英文学位论文撰写相关规定》。
+% \changes{v1.3.1.1}{2022/04/26}{英文本科生毕业设计规范参考说明}
+% 请在阅读《本科生毕业设计(论文)工作手册》后再使用\clsx{xduugthesis}文档类。
% \par
-% 使用\clsx{xdupgthesis}文档类的最小示例如下所示:
+% 使用\clsx{xduugthesis}文档类的最小示例如下所示:
% \begin{lstlisting}
-% \documentclass{xdupgthesis}
+% \documentclass{xduugthesis}
% \xdusetup{}
% \begin{document}
% \chapter{欢迎}
@@ -302,37 +298,38 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{document}
% \end{lstlisting}
% \par
+% \changes{v1.30.0.1}{2022/06/20}{移除info录入示例}
% \secrefx{编译}介绍了如何编译,
% \secrefx{参考文献引用}介绍了如何引用参考文献,
% \secrefx{参数设置}介绍了如何自定义配置。
% 其中,字体选项见\secrefx{字体选项},
% 部分英文字体切换见\secrefx{英文字体},
% 标题数学字体配置见\secrefx{标题数学字体配置},
-% 语言配置见\secrefx{语言配置},
% 参考文献配置见\secrefx{参考文献配置},
% 页面配置见\secrefx{页面配置},
-% \changes{v2.12.0.1}{2022/07/01}{研究生学位论文增加文件配置}
+% \changes{v2.12.0.1}{2022/07/01}{本科生毕业设计增加文件配置}
% 文件配置见\secrefx{文件配置},
% 交叉引用配置见\secrefx{交叉引用配置},
% caption配置见\secrefx{caption配置},
% 图表配置见\secrefx{图表配置},
% 算法配置见\secrefx{算法配置},
-% 对照表配置见\secrefx{对照表配置},
-% 作者简介配置见\secrefx{作者简介配置}。
+% 章节配置见\secrefx{章节配置},
% 支持的信息录入选项见\secrefx{信息录入}。
-% 页面和信息移除见\secrefx{页面和信息移除}。
% \par
-% 学会以上用法后即可使用\clsx{xdupgthesis}文档类。
-% 另外,在\secrefx{额外命令}中提供了部分额外命令来增强排版效果。
-% \subsection{\pkgx{xduugthesis}文档类}
-% \pkgx{xduugthesis}文档类基于\clsx{ctexbook}文档类,
+% 学会以上用法后即可使用\clsx{xduugthesis}文档类。
+% \changes{v1.4.0.0}{2022/04/26}{新增研究生学位论文}
+% \changes{v1.30.0.2}{2022/06/20}{研究生学位论文文档}
+% \changes{v2.2.1.1}{2022/06/23}{移除研究生学位论文中关于章节配置的文档}
+% \subsection{\clsx[]{xdupgthesis}文档类}
+% \clsx[]{xdupgthesis}文档类基于\clsx{ctexbook}文档类,
% 提供多种字体配置,部分样式可自定义,信息录入便捷。
-% \changes{v1.3.1.1}{2022/04/26}{英文本科生毕业设计规范参考说明}
-% 请在阅读《本科生毕业设计(论文)工作手册》后再使用\pkgx{xduugthesis}文档类。
+% 请在阅读《西安电子科技大学研究生学位论文模板(2015年修订版)-2019.03修订》后再使用\clsx{xdupgthesis}文档类。
+% 专业学位硕士请额外阅读《西安电子科技大学专业学位硕士学位论文封面及中英文题名页模板(2015年版)-2019.03修订》,
+% 撰写英文学位论文请额外阅读《西安电子科技大学英文学位论文撰写相关规定》。
% \par
-% 使用\clsx{xduugthesis}文档类的最小示例如下所示:
+% 使用\clsx{xdupgthesis}文档类的最小示例如下所示:
% \begin{lstlisting}
-% \documentclass{xduugthesis}
+% \documentclass{xdupgthesis}
% \xdusetup{}
% \begin{document}
% \chapter{欢迎}
@@ -340,36 +337,38 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{document}
% \end{lstlisting}
% \par
-% \changes{v1.30.0.1}{2022/06/20}{移除info录入示例}
% \secrefx{编译}介绍了如何编译,
% \secrefx{参考文献引用}介绍了如何引用参考文献,
% \secrefx{参数设置}介绍了如何自定义配置。
% 其中,字体选项见\secrefx{字体选项},
% 部分英文字体切换见\secrefx{英文字体},
% 标题数学字体配置见\secrefx{标题数学字体配置},
+% 语言配置见\secrefx{语言配置},
% 参考文献配置见\secrefx{参考文献配置},
% 页面配置见\secrefx{页面配置},
-% \changes{v2.12.0.1}{2022/07/01}{本科生毕业设计增加文件配置}
+% \changes{v2.12.0.1}{2022/07/01}{研究生学位论文增加文件配置}
% 文件配置见\secrefx{文件配置},
% 交叉引用配置见\secrefx{交叉引用配置},
% caption配置见\secrefx{caption配置},
% 图表配置见\secrefx{图表配置},
% 算法配置见\secrefx{算法配置},
-% 章节配置见\secrefx{章节配置},
+% 对照表配置见\secrefx{对照表配置},
+% 作者简介配置见\secrefx{作者简介配置}。
% 支持的信息录入选项见\secrefx{信息录入}。
+% 页面和信息移除见\secrefx{页面和信息移除}。
% \par
-% 学会以上用法后即可使用\clsx{xduugthesis}文档类。
+% 学会以上用法后即可使用\clsx{xdupgthesis}文档类。
% 另外,在\secrefx{额外命令}和\secrefx{额外功能}中提供了部分额外命令和功能来增强排版效果。
% \changes{v1.3.0.1}{2022/04/20}{增加兼容性说明}
% \section{兼容性说明}
% \label{兼容性说明}
-% \pkgx{xduugthesis}和\pkgx{xduugthesis}文档类对部分常见宏包进行了针对性地适配,
+% \clsx[]{xduugthesis}和\clsx{xdupgthesis}文档类对部分常见宏包进行了针对性地适配,
% 需要注意的是,这些宏包仍需用户视需求自行加载。
% \subsection{算法}
-% 主要适配算法内容字号和默认浮动位置。
-% \pkgx{algorithm}宏包提供了算法浮动体\envx{algorithm}环境,
-% 可以搭配\pkgx{algpseudocodex}等宏包使用。
-% \pkgx{algorithm2e}宏包提供了算法环境,
+% 主要适配算法内容字号和默认浮动位置。^^A
+% \pkgx[]{algorithm}宏包提供了算法浮动体\envx{algorithm}环境,
+% 可以搭配\pkgx{algpseudocodex}等宏包使用。^^A
+% \pkgx[]{algorithm2e}宏包提供了算法环境,
% 该宏包提供的\envx{algorithm}环境实际将浮动体与算法内容合二为一。
% \subsection{图片}
% \changes{v1.13.5.1}{2022/05/08}{补充子图引用样式文档}
@@ -378,8 +377,8 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% 包括\pkgx{subcaption}宏包和\pkgx{subfig}宏包。
% \subsection{表格}
% 主要适配表格内容字号,
-% 包括所有使用\envx{table}浮动体的表格、
-% \pkgx{tabularray}宏包提供的\envx{tblr}、\envx{longtblr}环境
+% 包括所有使用\envx{table}浮动体的表格、^^A
+% \pkgx[]{tabularray}宏包提供的\envx{tblr}[]、\envx[]{longtblr}环境
% 和\pkgx{longtable}宏包提供的\envx{longtable}环境。
% \changes{v4.1.1.0}{2023/01/16}{适配子表样式}
% 以及适配子表caption字体字号和子表引用样式,
@@ -387,7 +386,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \changes{v4.0.0.1}{2022/12/11}{增加使用建议}
% \section{使用建议}
% \label{使用建议}
-% 本节主要针对\pkgx{xduugthesis}和\pkgx{xduugthesis}文档类提出使用建议,
+% 本节主要针对\clsx{xduugthesis}和\clsx{xdupgthesis}文档类提出使用建议,
% 用户仍可不遵守本节的建议并根据自己的偏好进行使用。
% \par
% 宏包方面,在\secrefx{兼容性说明}中提到已适配多种宏包。
@@ -395,33 +394,33 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% 推荐使用\pkgx{algorithm}和\pkgx{algpseudocodex}宏包排版算法;
% 推荐使用\pkgx{subcaption}宏包排版子图和子表;
% 推荐使用\pkgx{tabularray}宏包排版\textbf{所有的表格};
-% 推荐使用\pkgx{siunitx}宏包排版单位;
-% 推荐使用\pkgx{xurl}宏包实现链接自动折行。
-% 另外,不要加载任何与参考文献相关的宏包。
+% 推荐使用\pkgx{enumitem}宏包修改列表环境样式;
+% 推荐使用\pkgx{siunitx}宏包排版单位。
+% 另外,不要加载任何与参考文献和中英文字体相关的宏包。
% 使用宏包提供的功能时,\textbf{请阅读相应的宏包文档}。
% \par
% 字体方面,中文、英文和数学字体均提供了多种配置。
% 对于中英文字体,用户可以根据自己的喜好选择合适的配置,
% 部分配置对应的字体可能需要自行购买并安装。
-% 对于数学字体,强烈建议用户选择一个与中英文字体搭配的数学字体。
+% 对于数学字体,建议用户选择一个与英文字体搭配的数学字体。
% 注意,当使用非Computer Modern字体时,
% 部分命令(例如,加粗等)可能与传统方式不同,
-% 请自行阅读\pkgx{unicode-math}文档。
+% 请阅读\pkgx{unicode-math}宏包文档。
% \section{功能说明}
% \label{功能说明}
-% 请根据\secrefx{使用说明}中相应文档类/宏包的说明来选择性地阅读本节内容。
+% 请根据\secrefx{使用说明}中相应宏包/文档类的说明来选择性地阅读本节内容。
% \subsection{编译}
% \label{编译}
% \changes{v0.5.1.2}{2022/04/07}{增加编译说明}
-% \LaTeX{}本身是命令行程序,通过不同的命令调用所需的编译引擎,编辑器提供的快捷按钮实际只是做了包装。
-% \xduts{}仅支持\XeLaTeX{},参考文献后端程序默认为\cmdx{biber},也可以切换为\cmdx{bibtex}。
+% \xduts[]{}仅支持\XeLaTeX{},
+% 参考文献后端程序默认为\cmdx{biber}[],也可以参考\secrefx{参考文献配置}切换为\cmdx{bibtex}[]。
% \subsection{参考文献引用}
% \label{参考文献引用}
% \changes{v4.3.0.1}{2023/01/30}{修改文档中关于参考文献的描述}
-% \xduts{}提供了两种参考文献处理方式,
-% 一种是\pkgx{natbib}宏包搭配\pkgx{gbt7714}宏包,后端程序为\cmdx{bibtex};
-% 另一种是\pkgx{biblatex}宏包,后端程序为\cmdx{biber}。
-% 引用参考文献时,\tnx{cite}为上标样式,\tnx{parencite}为非上标样式。
+% \xduts[]{}提供了两种参考文献处理方式,
+% 一种是\pkgx{natbib}宏包搭配\pkgx{gbt7714}宏包,后端程序为\cmdx{bibtex}[];
+% 另一种是\pkgx{biblatex}宏包,后端程序为\cmdx{biber}[]。
+% 引用参考文献时,\tnx[]{cite}为上标样式,\tnx[]{parencite}为非上标样式。
% \subsection{参数设置}
% \label{参数设置}
% \changes{v4.4.2.1}{2023/02/08}{修正接口文档说明样式}
@@ -431,12 +430,12 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \tn{xdusetup}\marg{键值列表}
% \end{syntax}
-% \xduts{}提供了一系列选项,可自行配置。
-% 载入文档类/宏包之后,以下所有选项均可通过统一的命令\tnx{xdusetup}来设置。
-% \csx{xdusetup}的参数是一组由(英文)逗号隔开的选项列表,
+% \xduts[]{}提供了一系列选项,可自行配置。
+% 载入宏包/文档类之后,以下所有选项均可通过统一的命令\tnx{xdusetup}来设置。^^A
+% \csx[]{xdusetup}的参数是一组由(英文)逗号隔开的选项列表,
% 下文中尖括号内列出了若干个允许的选项,其中加粗的为默认选项。
-% 列表中的选项通常是\kvoptx{\metax{key}}{\metax{value}}的形式。
-% \csx{xdusetup}采用\LaTeXiii{}风格的键值设置,
+% 列表中的选项通常是\kvoptx{\metax[]{key}[]}{\metax[]{value}[]}的形式。^^A
+% \csx[]{xdusetup}采用\LaTeXiii{}风格的键值设置,
% 支持不同类型以及多种层次的选项设定。
% 键值列表中,“|=|”左右的空格不影响设置;
% 但需注意,参数列表中不可以出现空行。
@@ -473,13 +472,13 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/cjk-font} = adobe|(fandol)|founder|sinotype|win|none
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置中文字体,具体配置见\tabrefx{tab:cjk-font}。
+% 设置中文字体,具体配置见\tabrefx{tab:cjk-font}[]。
% \end{function}
% \begin{optdesc}
-% \item[adobe] \filex{adobesongstd-light.otf}、\filex{adobekaitistd-regular.otf}、\filex{adobeheitistd-regular.otf}和\filex{Adobe-Fangsong-Std-R-Font.otf}。
-% \item[founder] \filex{FZShuSong-Z01.ttf}、\filex{FZKai-Z03.ttf}、\filex{FZHei-B01.ttf}和\filex{FZFSK.TTF}。
-% \item[sinotype] \filex{STSONG.TTF}、\filex{STKAITI.TTF}、\filex{STXIHEI.TTF}、\filex{STHeiti.ttf}和\filex{STFANGSO.TTF}。
-% \item[win] \filex{simsun.ttc}、\filex{simkai.ttf}、\filex{simhei.ttf}和\filex{simfang.ttf}。
+% \item[adobe] \filex[]{adobesongstd-light.otf}[]、\filex[]{adobekaitistd-regular.otf}[]、\filex[]{adobeheitistd-regular.otf}和\filex{Adobe-Fangsong-Std-R-Font.otf}。
+% \item[founder] \filex[]{FZShuSong-Z01.ttf}[]、\filex[]{FZKai-Z03.ttf}[]、\filex[]{FZHei-B01.ttf}和\filex{FZFSK.TTF}。
+% \item[sinotype] \filex[]{STSONG.TTF}[]、\filex[]{STKAITI.TTF}[]、\filex[]{STXIHEI.TTF}[]、\filex[]{STHeiti.ttf}和\filex{STFANGSO.TTF}。
+% \item[win] \filex[]{simsun.ttc}[]、\filex[]{simkai.ttf}[]、\filex[]{simhei.ttf}和\filex{simfang.ttf}。
% \item[none] 关闭内置中文字体配置,需自行配置中文字体。
% \end{optdesc}
% \changes{v2.16.1.1}{2022/11/27}{修改中文字体配置表文档样式}
@@ -510,24 +509,24 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/cjk-fake-bold} = \meta{伪粗体粗细程度}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置中文字体伪粗体粗细程度。默认为\valuex{3},对于部分存在对应粗体字体的中文字体,如FandolSong和FandolHei等,该选项不生效。
+% 设置中文字体伪粗体粗细程度。默认为\valuex{3}[],对于部分存在对应粗体字体的中文字体,如FandolSong和FandolHei等,该选项不生效。
% \end{function}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-04-01]{style/cjk-fake-slant}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/cjk-fake-slant} = \meta{伪斜体倾斜程度}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置中文字体伪斜体倾斜程度。默认为\valuex{0.2}。
+% 设置中文字体伪斜体倾斜程度。默认为\valuex{0.2}[]。
% \end{function}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-03-06,updated=2022-05-06]{style/latin-font}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/latin-font} = tac|tacn|thcs|(gyre)|none
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置英文字体,具体配置见\tabrefx{tab:latin-font}。
+% 设置英文字体,具体配置见\tabrefx{tab:latin-font}[]。
% \end{function}
% \begin{optdesc}
-% \item[tac] \filex{times.ttf}、\filex{timesbd.ttf}、\filex{timesi.ttf}、\filex{timesbi.ttf}、\filex{arial.ttf}、\filex{arialbd.ttf}、\filex{ariali.ttf}、\filex{arialbi.ttf}、\filex{consola.ttf}、\filex{consolab.ttf}、\filex{consolai.ttf}和\filex{consolaz.ttf}。
-% \item[tacn] \filex{times.ttf}、\filex{timesbd.ttf}、\filex{timesi.ttf}、\filex{timesbi.ttf}、\filex{arial.ttf}、\filex{arialbd.ttf}、\filex{ariali.ttf}、\filex{arialbi.ttf}、\filex{cour.ttf}、\filex{courbd.ttf}、\filex{couri.ttf}和\filex{courbi.ttf}。
-% \item[thcs] \filex{times.ttf}、\filex{timesbd.ttf}、\filex{timesi.ttf}、\filex{timesbi.ttf}、\filex{Helvetica.ttf}、\filex{Helvetica~Bold.ttf}、\filex{Helvetica~Oblique.ttf}、\filex{Helvetica~Bold~Oblique.ttf}、\filex{CourierStd.otf}、\filex{CourierStd-Bold.otf}、\filex{CourierStd-Oblique.otf}和\filex{CourierStd-BoldOblique.otf}。
+% \item[tac] \filex[]{times.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesbd.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesbi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{arial.ttf}[]、\filex[]{arialbd.ttf}[]、\filex[]{ariali.ttf}[]、\filex[]{arialbi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{consola.ttf}[]、\filex[]{consolab.ttf}[]、\filex[]{consolai.ttf}和\filex{consolaz.ttf}。
+% \item[tacn] \filex[]{times.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesbd.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesbi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{arial.ttf}[]、\filex[]{arialbd.ttf}[]、\filex[]{ariali.ttf}[]、\filex[]{arialbi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{cour.ttf}[]、\filex[]{courbd.ttf}[]、\filex[]{couri.ttf}和\filex{courbi.ttf}。
+% \item[thcs] \filex[]{times.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesbd.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{timesbi.ttf}[]、\filex[]{Helvetica.ttf}[]、\filex[]{Helvetica~Bold.ttf}[]、\filex[]{Helvetica~Oblique.ttf}[]、\filex[]{Helvetica~Bold~Oblique.ttf}[]、\filex[]{CourierStd.otf}[]、\filex[]{CourierStd-Bold.otf}[]、\filex[]{CourierStd-Oblique.otf}和\filex{CourierStd-BoldOblique.otf}。
% \item[none] 关闭内置英文字体配置,需自行配置英文字体。
% \end{optdesc}
% \changes{v2.16.1.1}{2022/11/27}{修改英文字体配置表文档样式}
@@ -565,12 +564,12 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/math-font} = asana|cambria|(cm)|fira|garamond|lm|...|termes|xits|none
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置数学字体,具体配置见\tabrefx{tab:math-font}。除Computer Modern字体外,均使用\pkgx{unicode-math}宏包调用字体。
+% 设置数学字体,具体配置见\tabrefx{tab:math-font}[]。除Computer Modern字体外,均使用\pkgx{unicode-math}宏包调用字体。
% \end{function}
% \changes{v2.16.1.1}{2022/11/27}{修改数学字体配置表文档样式}
% \changes{v0.1.4.1}{2022/04/04}{数学字体风格介绍}
% \begin{optdesc}
-% \item[cambria] \filex{cambria.ttc}。
+% \item[cambria] \filex[]{cambria.ttc}[]。
% \item[none] 关闭内置数学字体配置,需自行配置数学字体。
% \end{optdesc}
% \begin{tblr}
@@ -587,29 +586,29 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% row{1} = {cmd=\strong},
% rowhead = 1
% }
-% 选项名称 & 字体名称 \\
-% |asana| & Asana Math \\
-% |cambria|\tnote{1} & Cambria Math \\
-% |cm| & Computer Modern \\
-% |concrete| & Concrete Math \\
-% |erewhon| & Erewhon Math \\
-% |euler| & Euler Math \\
-% |fira| & Fira Math \\
-% |garamond| & Garamond Math \\
-% |gfsneohellenic| & GFS Neohellenic Math \\
-% |kp| & KpMath \\
-% |libertinus| & Libertinus Math \\
-% |lm| & Latin Modern Math \\
-% |newcm| & New Computer Modern Math \\
-% |stix2| & STIX Two Math \\
-% |stix| & STIX Math \\
-% |xcharter| & XCharter Math \\
-% |xits| & XITS Math \\
-% |bonum| & TeX Gyre Bonum Math \\
-% |dejavu| & TeX Gyre DejaVu Math \\
-% |pagella| & TeX Gyre Pagella Math \\
-% |schola| & TeX Gyre Schola Math \\
-% |termes| & TeX Gyre Termes Math \\
+% 选项名称 & 字体名称 \\
+% |asana| & Asana Math \\
+% |cambria| & Cambria Math \\
+% |cm| & Computer Modern \\
+% |concrete| & Concrete Math \\
+% |erewhon| & Erewhon Math \\
+% |euler| & Euler Math \\
+% |fira| & Fira Math \\
+% |garamond| & Garamond Math \\
+% |gfsneohellenic| & GFS Neohellenic Math \\
+% |kp| & KpMath \\
+% |libertinus| & Libertinus Math \\
+% |lm| & Latin Modern Math \\
+% |newcm| & New Computer Modern Math \\
+% |stix2| & STIX Two Math \\
+% |stix| & STIX Math \\
+% |xcharter| & XCharter Math \\
+% |xits| & XITS Math \\
+% |bonum| & TeX Gyre Bonum Math \\
+% |dejavu| & TeX Gyre DejaVu Math \\
+% |pagella| & TeX Gyre Pagella Math \\
+% |schola| & TeX Gyre Schola Math \\
+% |termes| & TeX Gyre Termes Math \\
% \end{tblr}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-03-14]{style/unicode-math}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -631,7 +630,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/font-path} = \marg{路径}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置字体文件路径,即\metax{路径}目录内存储全部所需中文、英文和数学字体文件,仅在\optx{font-type}等于|file|时有效,默认值为\valuex{fonts}。
+% 设置字体文件路径,即\metax{路径}目录内存储全部所需中文、英文和数学字体文件,仅在\optx{font-type}等于|file|时有效,默认值为\valuex{fonts}[]。
% \end{function}
% \subsection{英文字体}
% \label{英文字体}
@@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{function}
% \begin{optdesc}
% \item[zh] 中文。
-% \item[en] 英文。注意,研究生学位论文一二三级标题命令请参考\secrefx{英文研究生学位论文双语标题}。
+% \item[en] 英文。注意,研究生学位论文一二三级标题命令请参考\secrefx{英文研究生学位论文标题}。
% \end{optdesc}
% \subsection{参考文献配置}
% \label{参考文献配置}
@@ -682,20 +681,18 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% 设置参考文献支持方式。
% \end{function}
% \begin{optdesc}
-% \item[bibtex] 使用\bibtex{}处理参考文献,后端程序为\cmdx{bibtex}。
-% \item[biblatex] 使用\biblatex{}处理参考文献,后端程序为\cmdx{biber}。
+% \item[bibtex] 使用\bibtex{}处理参考文献,后端程序为\cmdx{bibtex}[]。
+% \item[biblatex] 使用\biblatex{}处理参考文献,后端程序为\cmdx{biber}[]。
% \end{optdesc}
% \changes{v1.31.0.0}{2022/06/21}{修改\pkgx{biblatex}默认选项}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-06-21]{style/biblatex-option}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/biblatex-option} = \marg{biblatex宏包选项}
% \end{syntax}
-% 修改\pkgx{biblatex}默认选项,具体配置参考\filex{biblatex-gb7714-2015.pdf},
+% 修改\pkgx{biblatex}默认选项,具体配置参考\pkgx{biblatex-gb7714-2015}宏包文档,
% 仅在\optx{style/bib-backend}等于|biblatex|时有效。例如:
% \begin{lstlisting}
-% \xdusetup{
-% style / biblatex-option = { gbnamefmt=quanpin }
-% }
+% \xdusetup{ style / biblatex-option = { gbnamefmt=quanpin } }
% \end{lstlisting}
% \end{function}
% \subsection{页面配置}
@@ -726,9 +723,9 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/file-search-path} = \marg{路径}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置文件搜索路径,可用于\tnx{input}、\tnx{include}和\tnx{includegraphics},
+% 设置文件搜索路径,可用于\tnx{input}[]、\tnx[]{include}和\tnx{includegraphics}[],
% 多个路径之间需要使用英文半角逗号隔开。
-% 设置后\tnx{input}、\tnx{include}和\tnx{includegraphics}仅需填写文件名。
+% 设置后\tnx{input}[]、\tnx[]{include}和\tnx{includegraphics}仅需填写文件名。
% \end{function}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-07-01]{style/fix-input,style/fix-include,style/fix-includegraphics}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -738,7 +735,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{syntax}
% TEXMF树搜索优先级高于用户自定义的文件搜索路径,
% 如果在TEXMF树内存在同名文件,则会导致错误的文件被加载。
-% 通过为\tnx{input}、\tnx{include}和\tnx{includegraphics}命令打补丁可以避免该问题。
+% 通过为\tnx{input}[]、\tnx[]{include}和\tnx{includegraphics}命令打补丁可以避免该问题。
% 如果用户的\TeX{}或图片等文件不与TEXMF树内文件同名,或与\TeX{}主文件在同一目录,则无需打补丁。
% \end{function}
% \subsection{交叉引用配置}
@@ -763,7 +760,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/caption-label-sep} = \meta{间距}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置图、表、算法标签与后面标题之间的间距,默认值为\valuex{0.75em}。
+% 设置图、表、算法标签与后面标题之间的间距,默认值为\valuex{0.75em}[]。
% \end{function}
% \subsection{图表配置}
% \label{图表配置}
@@ -863,13 +860,13 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/before-skip} = \marg{间距列表}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置章节标题前的垂直间距,默认值为\valuex{\{24pt, 18pt, 12pt, 12pt, 12pt, 12pt\}},分别对应\tnx{chapter}、\tnx{section}、\tnx{subsection}、\tnx{subsubsection}、\tnx{paragraph}和\tnx{subparagraph}。
+% 设置章节标题前的垂直间距,默认值为\valuex{\{24pt, 18pt, 12pt, 12pt, 12pt, 12pt\}}[],分别对应\tnx{chapter}[]、\tnx[]{section}[]、\tnx[]{subsection}[]、\tnx[]{subsubsection}[]、\tnx[]{paragraph}和\tnx{subparagraph}。
% \end{function}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-04-05]{style/after-skip}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{style/after-skip} = \marg{间距列表}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置章节标题后的垂直间距,默认值为\valuex{\{18pt, 12pt, 6pt, 6pt, 6pt, 6pt\}},分别对应\tnx{chapter}、\tnx{section}、\tnx{subsection}、\tnx{subsubsection}、\tnx{paragraph}和\tnx{subparagraph}。
+% 设置章节标题后的垂直间距,默认值为\valuex{\{18pt, 12pt, 6pt, 6pt, 6pt, 6pt\}}[],分别对应\tnx{chapter}[]、\tnx[]{section}[]、\tnx[]{subsection}[]、\tnx[]{subsubsection}[]、\tnx[]{paragraph}和\tnx{subparagraph}。
% \end{function}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-04-11]
% {
@@ -889,8 +886,8 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \opt{style/subpara-zihao} = 0|-0|1|-1|2|-2|3|-3|4|-4|5|-5|6|-6|7|8
% \end{syntax}
% 设置章节标题字号。
-% 当论文语言为中文时,默认值分别为\valuex{3}、\valuex{4}、\valuex{4}、\valuex{4}、\valuex{4}、\valuex{4}。
-% 当论文语言为英文时,默认值分别为\valuex{4}、\valuex{-4}、\valuex{-4}、\valuex{-4}、\valuex{-4}、\valuex{-4}。
+% 当论文语言为中文时,默认值分别为\valuex{3}[]、\valuex[]{4}[]、\valuex[]{4}[]、\valuex[]{4}[]、\valuex[]{4}和\valuex{4}。
+% 当论文语言为英文时,默认值分别为\valuex{4}[]、\valuex[]{-4}[]、\valuex[]{-4}[]、\valuex[]{-4}[]、\valuex[]{-4}和\valuex{-4}。
% \end{function}
% \begin{optdesc}
% \item[0] 初号
@@ -944,9 +941,9 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \opt{style/colspec-loa} = \marg{缩略语对照表列格式}
% \end{syntax}
% 设置符号对照表和缩略语对照表列格式,
-% 符号对照表列格式默认值为\valuex{Q[l,h]X[l,h]}。
-% 缩略语对照表列格式默认值为\valuex{Q[l,h]X[l,h]X[l,h]}。
-% 语法参考\pkgx{tabularray}宏包\cmdx{colspec}选项。
+% 符号对照表列格式默认值为\valuex{Q[l,h]X[l,h]}[]。
+% 缩略语对照表列格式默认值为\valuex{Q[l,h]X[l,h]X[l,h]}[]。
+% 语法参考\pkgx{tabularray}宏包\valuex{colspec}选项。
% 仅在\optx{style/customize-los}和\optx{style/customize-loa}等于\valuex{false}时有效。
% \end{function}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-06-05]{style/title-row-los,style/title-row-loa}
@@ -995,8 +992,8 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \par
% [2] XXX, XXX, XXX等. 科研项目名称. 陕西省科技进步三等奖, 获奖日期.
% \end{lstlisting}
-% \item[false] 使用内置的基于\envx{tblr}环境(\pkgx{tabularray}宏包)实现的
-% 教育背景表格环境\envx{edubg}和基于\envx{enumerate}环境(\pkgx{enumitem}宏包)实现的
+% \item[false] 使用内置的基于\envx{tblr}环境(\pkgx[]{tabularray}宏包)实现的
+% 教育背景表格环境\envx{edubg}和基于\envx{enumerate}环境(\pkgx[]{enumitem}宏包)实现的
% 攻读硕士学位期间的研究成果列表环境\envx{resresult}。
% 在\secrefx{信息录入}中提及的\optx{info/bio}中对应的文件中使用\envx{edubg}和\envx{resresult}环境即可,例如:
% \begin{lstlisting}
@@ -1293,7 +1290,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \opt{info/date} = \marg{日期1,日期2}
% \end{syntax}
-% 设置开题报告签名日期,格式为\argx{yyyy-mm-dd},如果留空,则自动使用编译当天日期。
+% 设置开题报告签名日期,格式为\margx{yyyy-mm-dd}[],如果留空,则自动使用编译当天日期。
% \end{function}
% \begin{optdesc}
% \item[日期1] 指导教师意见签名日期。
@@ -1658,15 +1655,15 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \tn{noauxwrite}\marg{参考文献引用命令}
% \end{syntax}
-% \tnx{noauxwrite}允许添加不影响现有引用列表顺序的引用。
+% \tnx[]{noauxwrite}允许添加不影响现有引用列表顺序的引用。
% 一个简单的例子如下所示:
% \begin{lstlisting}
% \caption{本文与文献\noauxwrite{\parencite{某文献}}计算开销对比}
% \end{lstlisting}
% \end{function}
-% \changes{v1.30.0.0}{2022/06/20}{英文研究生学位论文双语标题}
-% \subsubsection{英文研究生学位论文双语标题}
-% \label{英文研究生学位论文双语标题}
+% \changes{v1.30.0.0}{2022/06/20}{英文研究生学位论文标题}
+% \subsubsection{英文研究生学位论文标题}
+% \label{英文研究生学位论文标题}
% \begin{function}[added=2022-06-20,updated=2023-01-28]{\chapter,\section,\subsection}
% \begin{syntax}
% \tn{chapter}\marg{英文标题}\oarg{中文标题}
@@ -1690,13 +1687,13 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{syntax}
% \tn{anon}\oarg{匿名内容}\marg{非匿名内容}
% \end{syntax}
-% 根据\optx{style/anonymous}的状态来显示相应的\metax{匿名内容}和\metax{非匿名内容}。
+% 根据\optx{style/anonymous}的状态来显示相应的\metax{匿名内容}和\metax{非匿名内容}[]。
% 其中\oargx{匿名内容}为可选参数,默认为XXX。
% 一个简单的例子如下所示:
% \begin{lstlisting}
% \anon[XX]{张三}
% \end{lstlisting}
-% 当\optx{style/anonymous}为\valuex{true},输出张三;当\optx{style/anonymous}为\valuex{false},输出XX。
+% 当\optx{style/anonymous}为\valuex{true}[],输出XX;当\optx{style/anonymous}为\valuex{false}[],输出张三。
% \end{function}
% \subsection{额外功能}
% \label{额外功能}
@@ -1705,8 +1702,8 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% 已和学位办确认,对于研究生,如挂名导师与带教导师不是一人的,
% 仅需填写带教导师,无需填写挂名导师。
% 如有特殊需求,需要填写两位老师,
-% 可在\optx{info/supervisor}、\optx{info/supervisor*}、
-% \optx{info/supervisor-title}和\optx{info/supervisor-title*}中
+% 可在\optx{info/supervisor}[]、\optx[]{info/supervisor*}[]、^^A
+% \optx[]{info/supervisor-title}和\optx{info/supervisor-title*}中
% 使用逗号分隔两位老师的信息。
% \changes{v2.10.1.1}{2022/06/26}{相似性检测、盲审和抽查评估}
% \subsubsection{相似性检测、盲审和抽查评估}
@@ -1723,27 +1720,30 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% 由于存在插图索引、表格索引、符号对照表或缩略语对照表为空的情况,
% 故支持隐藏插图索引、表格索引、符号对照表或缩略语对照表,例如:
% \begin{lstlisting}
-% \xdusetup{
-% style / remove-page = { 插图索引, 符号对照表 }
-% }
+% \xdusetup{ style / remove-page = { 插图索引, 符号对照表 } }
% \end{lstlisting}
% \section{贡献者}
-% \xduts{}的开发过程中,唯一维护者为
+% \xduts[]{}的开发过程中,唯一维护者为
% \href{https://github.com/note286/}{\ttfamily @note286}。
% \changes{v1.15.0.1}{2022/05/15}{增加\clsx{xduugthesis}内测人员}
-% 其中,在\clsx{xduugthesis}的开发过程中,
-% \href{https://github.com/Ke-Huo}{\ttfamily @Ke-Huo}、
-% \href{https://github.com/GRHun}{\ttfamily @RH}、
-% \href{https://github.com/songyueran}{\ttfamily @syr-bloom}
+% 其中,在\clsx{xduugthesis}的开发过程中,^^A
+% \href{https://github.com/Ke-Huo}{\ttfamily @Ke-Huo}、^^A
+% \href{https://github.com/GRHun}{\ttfamily @RH}、^^A
+% \href{https://github.com/songyueran}{\ttfamily @syr-bloom}^^A
% 等人参与了内测。
-% 同时,也要感谢所有在GitHub和睿思上反馈问题和提出建议的同学、老师们。
-% \xduts{}的持续发展,离不开你们的帮助与支持。
+% 同时,也要感谢所有在GitHub和睿思上反馈问题和提出建议的同学、老师们。^^A
+% \xduts[]{}的持续发展,离不开你们的帮助与支持。
+% \changes{v4.4.5.3}{2023/02/11}{增加致谢参考链接}
% \section{致谢}
% 在学习文学编程的过程中,
% 《在\LaTeX{}中进行文学编程》\footurl{https://liam.page/2015/01/23/literate-programming-in-latex/}
% 和《Good things come in little packages: An introduction to writing .ins and .dtx files》\footurl{https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/tb29-2/tb92pakin.pdf}
% 提供了很大帮助。
-% 在文档的编写过程中,参考了\filex{ctex.dtx}、\filex{fduthesis.dtx}、\filex{njuthesis.dtx}和\filex{thuthesis.dtx}。
+% 在文档的编写过程中,参考了^^A
+% \filex{ctex.dtx}[]\footurl{https://github.com/CTeX-org/ctex-kit/blob/master/ctex/ctex.dtx}、^^A
+% \filex[]{fduthesis.dtx}[]\footurl{https://github.com/stone-zeng/fduthesis/blob/main/source/fduthesis.dtx}、^^A
+% \filex[]{njuthesis.dtx}[]\footurl{https://github.com/nju-lug/NJUThesis/blob/master/source/njuthesis.dtx}和^^A
+% \filex{thuthesis.dtx}[]\footurl{https://github.com/tuna/thuthesis/blob/master/thuthesis.dtx}。
% \changes{v4.0.1.1}{2022/12/12}{增加支付宝红包二维码}
% \changes{v3.1.1.3}{2022/12/10}{二维码增加图标}
% \changes{v3.1.1.2}{2022/12/06}{增加QQ支付二维码}
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \changes{v2.15.0.1}{2022/11/26}{增加赞助二维码}
% \section{赞助}
% 如果\xduts{}对您有所帮助,
-% 可以扫描\figrefx{fig:zanzhu}中的二维码来赞助\xduts{}。
+% 可以扫描\figrefx{fig:zanzhu}中的二维码来赞助\xduts{}[]。
% \ExplSyntaxOn
% \str_set_convert:Nnnn \l_xduts_alipay_red_packet_qr_str {%
% 68747470733A2F2F71722E616C697061792E636F6D2F31317731333035336232617236757438%
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<@@=xdu>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \subsection{文档类和宏包}
+% \subsection{宏包和文档类}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*class|sty>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_win:}
-% 中文字体配置\valuex{win}。
+% 中文字体配置\valuex{win}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_win:
{
@@ -2248,7 +2248,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_adobe:}
-% 中文字体配置\valuex{adobe}。
+% 中文字体配置\valuex{adobe}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_adobe:
{
@@ -2264,7 +2264,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_founder:}
% \changes{v0.5.1.0}{2022/04/06}{适配macOS平台方正字体}
-% 中文字体配置\valuex{founder}。
+% 中文字体配置\valuex{founder}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_founder:
{
@@ -2279,7 +2279,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_sinotype:}
-% 中文字体配置\valuex{sinotype}。
+% 中文字体配置\valuex{sinotype}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_sinotype:
{
@@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_fandol:}
% \changes{v0.5.1.0}{2022/04/06}{适配macOS平台Fandol字体}
-% 中文字体配置\valuex{fandol}。
+% 中文字体配置\valuex{fandol}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_fandol:
{
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_cjk_font_none:}
-% 中文字体配置\valuex{none}。
+% 中文字体配置\valuex{none}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_cjk_font_none: { }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2503,7 +2503,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_latin_font_tac:}
% \changes{v1.12.0.0}{2022/05/06}{新增Arial和Consolas英文字体配置}
-% 英文字体配置\valuex{tac}。
+% 英文字体配置\valuex{tac}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_latin_font_tac:
{
@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_latin_font_tacn:}
-% 英文字体配置\valuex{tacn}。
+% 英文字体配置\valuex{tacn}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_latin_font_tacn:
{
@@ -2531,7 +2531,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_latin_font_thcs:}
-% 英文字体配置\valuex{thcs}。
+% 英文字体配置\valuex{thcs}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_latin_font_thcs:
{
@@ -2558,7 +2558,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_latin_font_gyre:}
% \changes{v0.9.0.0}{2022/04/13}{新增gyre系列英文字体配置}
-% 英文字体配置\valuex{gyre}。
+% 英文字体配置\valuex{gyre}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_latin_font_gyre:
{
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_latin_font_none:}
-% 英文字体配置\valuex{none}。
+% 英文字体配置\valuex{none}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_latin_font_none: { }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_math_font_cambria:}
-% 数学字体配置\valuex{cambria}。
+% 数学字体配置\valuex{cambria}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_math_font_cambria:
{
@@ -2660,13 +2660,13 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \changes{v0.5.1.0}{2022/04/06}{适配macOS平台MacTeX内置XITSMath数学字体}
% \changes{v2.12.1.0}{2022/07/03}{移除XITSMath数学字体冗余语句}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_math_font_cm:}
-% 数学字体配置\valuex{cm}。
+% 数学字体配置\valuex{cm}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_math_font_cm: { }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_load_math_font_none:}
-% 数学字体配置\valuex{none}。
+% 数学字体配置\valuex{none}[]。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_load_math_font_none: { }
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -4233,8 +4233,8 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \subsection{额外命令}
% \begin{macro}{\noauxwrite}
-% \changes{v1.15.0.0}{2022/05/13}{\tnx{noauxwrite}允许添加不影响现有引用列表顺序的引用}
-% \tnx{noauxwrite}允许添加不影响现有引用列表顺序的引用。
+% \changes{v1.15.0.0}{2022/05/13}{\tnx[]{noauxwrite}允许添加不影响现有引用列表顺序的引用}
+% \tnx[]{noauxwrite}允许添加不影响现有引用列表顺序的引用。
% \begin{macrocode}
\NewDocumentCommand \noauxwrite { m }
{
@@ -5112,7 +5112,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\thealgocf}
% \changes{v0.10.4.0}{2022/04/14}{修正\pkgx{algorithm2e}算法编号样式}
-% \changes{v1.1.2.0}{2022/04/15}{检测是否加载\pkgx{algorithm2e}}
+% \changes{v1.1.2.0}{2022/04/15}{检测是否加载\pkgx{algorithm2e}[]}
% 重定义\pkgx{algorithm2e}宏包算法编号样式。
% \begin{macrocode}
\PassOptionsToPackage { algochapter } { algorithm2e }
@@ -5360,8 +5360,8 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\@@_tblr_caption_box:n}
-% \changes{v2.16.2.0}{2022/11/27}{\envx{longtblr}环境整页宽的caption盒子}
-% \pkgx{tabularray}中\envx{longtblr}环境整页宽的caption盒子。
+% \changes{v2.16.2.0}{2022/11/27}{\envx[]{longtblr}环境整页宽的caption盒子}
+% \pkgx[]{tabularray}中\envx{longtblr}环境整页宽的caption盒子。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new:Npn \@@_tblr_caption_box:n #1
{ \makebox [ \tablewidth ] { \parbox { \columnwidth } { #1 } } }
@@ -5624,7 +5624,7 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
\cs_set_eq:NN \SlashFont \rmfamily
}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \bibtex{}和\pkgx{biblatex}通用字体字号配置。
+% \bibtex[]{}和\pkgx{biblatex}通用字体字号配置。
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_set:Npn \bibfont
{
@@ -5641,8 +5641,8 @@ literate = {\$}{{\textcolor{purple3}{\$}}}{1}
% \end{macrocode}
% \changes{v4.4.4.0}{2023/02/09}{精简研究生学位论文移除参考文献列表宏包调用}
% \changes{v2.12.2.0}{2022/08/15}{修正本科毕业设计参考文献列表编译错误}
-% \changes{v2.7.0.0}{2022/06/26}{\bibtex{}下允许不生成文献列表}
-% \bibtex{}下允许不生成文献列表。
+% \changes{v2.7.0.0}{2022/06/26}{\bibtex[]{}下允许不生成文献列表}
+% \bibtex[]{}下允许不生成文献列表。
% \begin{macrocode}
\ctex_at_end_preamble:n
{
diff --git a/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.pdf b/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.pdf
index 92479c283e..e1a00725c3 100644
--- a/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.pdf
+++ b/macros/xetex/latex/xduts/xduts.pdf
Binary files differ